Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Elementis plc

Elementis plc

elm.l · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker elm.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1244
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Elementis plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
E

l

e

m

e

n

t

i

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5

 2015

Elementis plc
Annual report and accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our global locations

1,400+

Employees

Our success factors 
are common to all 
three businesses  
and at the heart of 
everything we do.

Our success factors

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

1. Strong leadership 
2. Clear strategy 
3. Availability of finance 
4. Long term relationships 
5. Innovation 
6. Global infrastructure 

30+

Locations

9Countries

Key

  Executive management HQ

  Corporate head office

  Specialty Products

  Chromium

  Surfactants

For more information 
on our success 
factors, go to the
Business model 
description on page 5

Our businesses

Specialty Products

Chromium

Surfactants

Centres of excellence
Our innovation model comprises 
three R&D centres of excellence 
and five technical service centres. 
R&D centres focus on new product 
development and the technical 
service centres focus on ensuring 
these new products deliver value 
in the customers’ formulations. 
Together they generate a seamless 
and synergistic process that starts 
and ends with the customers’ 
needs.

Organoclay leadership
We have a strong network of 
facilities to support our global 
organoclay business which 
services various end use markets: 
industrial and decorative coatings, 
oilfield and personal care.

Our strategy of stable earnings and 
cash flow is centred around a 
flexible manufacturing model that 
relies on operational excellence – 
from strategic sourcing and 
procurement to health, safety 
and environment.

Markets

 Industrial coatings

 Decorative coatings

Our principal facility in Castle 
Hayne, North Carolina, is 
accredited in the STAR programme 
which is the highest recognition 
level under the US OSHA’s 
voluntary protection programme 
and recognises the achievement of 
exemplary occupational health and 
safety performance and standards.

All R&D centres of excellence 
collaborate on global projects and 
specialise in specific areas.

 Oilfield

 Personal care

Our shared site in Delden, 
Netherlands, is well managed  
and maintained and, together with 
our expertise in surface chemistry, 
is able to carry out a broad range 
of chemical processes including 
polymerisation and condensation 
reactions, ethoxylation, 
propoxylation, phosphation, 
sulphation, sulphonation and 
quaternisation.

Sites
St. Louis, MO, US

Charleston, WV, US

Newberry Springs, CA, US

Livingston, Scotland, UK

Anji, Zhejiang province,  
China

Changxing, Zhejiang province, 
China

Specialty Products
For more information  
go to page 6

Sites
East Windsor, NJ, US
Rheology for all 
 ▶  Rheological additives 
 ▶  Oilfield additives
 ▶  Personal care additives

Delden, Netherlands
Surface chemistry
 ▶ Specialty building blocks
 ▶ Specialty coatings additives
 ▶ Green solutions

Hsinchu, Taiwan
Industrial additives
 ▶ Adhesion promoters
 ▶ Dispersing and wetting agents
 ▶ Slip and levelling agents

Reaction chemistry capability
One of our key R&D focuses has 
been to target the decorative 
coatings market and in particular 
the global market for acrylic and 
associative thickeners.

Elementis is a global supplier with 
reaction chemistry capability in all 
of our three regions: Americas, 
Europe and Asia.

Sites
 ▶  New Martinsville, WV, US
 ▶  Palmital, Brazil
 ▶  Livingston, Scotland, UK
 ▶  Delden, Netherlands
 ▶  Shanghai, China

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Who we are

Elementis plc is a global specialty chemicals company with operations 
worldwide that serve customers in North and Latin America, Europe and 
Asia in a wide range of markets and sectors. The Company has a premium 
listing in the UK on the London Stock Exchange and is a member of the 
FTSE 250 and FTSE4Good Indices.

At a glance

Chromium  
is a leading 
producer 
of chromium 
chemicals that 
make its customers’ 
products more 
durable.
 ▶ Read more on page 8

$182.7m

Revenue

Surfactants 
manufactures 
a wide range 
of surface active 
ingredients and 
products that 
are used as 
intermediates 
in the production 
of chemical 
compositions.
 ▶ Read more on page 10

$53.8m

Revenue

Specialty 
Products  
provides high value 
functional additives 
to the industrial and 
decorative coatings, 
oilfield drilling and 
personal care 
markets that 
improve the flow 
characteristics 
and performance  
of its customers’ 
products or 
production 
processes.
 ▶ Read more on page 6 

$453.2m

Revenue

Cautionary statement:
The Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 December 2015, as contained in this 
document (“Annual Report”), contain information which viewers or readers might consider to be forward 
looking statements relating to or in respect of the financial condition, results, operations or businesses of 
Elementis plc. Any such statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and 
circumstances. There are many factors that could cause actual results or developments to differ materially 
from those expressed or implied by any such forward looking statements. Nothing in this Annual Report 
should be construed as a profit forecast.

Highlights

 ▶   Group sales reduced by 14 per cent due to lower oilfield drilling and impact of 

stronger US dollar.

 ▶   Specialty Products delivered improved contribution margins and market share 

gains, successes include:

 – North American decorative coatings* up 15 per cent.
 – European coatings* up 3 per cent.
 – Personal care* up 3 per cent for the year; 6 per cent in the second half.

 ▶  Another year of excellent cash generation:

 – Net cash position increased to $74.0 million.

 ▶  Total dividends for the year increased by 7 per cent to 16.45 cents:

 – Final dividend maintained at previous year level.
 – Special dividend increased by 15 per cent; fourth consecutive payment.

* constant currency sales

Financial summary

Sales

Operating profit**

Profit before tax**

Diluted earnings per share**

Operating cash flow

Net cash

Profit for the year

Basic earnings per share

Dividends to shareholders:

Interim dividend

Final proposed

Special dividend

Total for the year

**   before non-recurring items

2015

2014

$678.8m

$790.4m

$122.5m

$150.1m

$116.2m

$141.9m

20.8c

24.8c

$102.5m

$144.4m

$74.0m

$64.2m

$95.3m

$175.4m

20.6c

38.1c

2.70c

5.75c

8.00c

2.70c

5.75c

6.95c

16.45c

15.40c

Contents

IFC  Who we are

Strategic report
2 
4 

 Chairman’s statement
 Our objectives, strategies and 
business model
 Our businesses
 Finance report
   Key performance indicators
   Risk management report
 Corporate responsibility report

Corporate governance
26 

 Board of Directors and senior 
executives
 Chairman’s letter on governance
 Corporate governance report
 Nomination Committee report
 Audit Committee report
 Directors’ remuneration report
 Directors’ report
 Directors’ responsibility statement
 Independent auditor’s report

Financial statements
58 
58 

 Consolidated income statement
 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
 Consolidated balance sheet
 Consolidated statement of changes 
in equity
 Consolidated cash flow statement
 Notes to the Consolidated financial 
statements
 Parent company statutory accounts
 Notes to the company financial 
statements of Elementis plc

6 
11 
14 
15 
20 

28 
29 
31 
32 
35 
52 
54 
55 

59 
60 

61 
62 

90 
92 

Shareholder information
96 
97 
98 
99 
99 
99 
99 

 Glossary
 Five year record 
 Shareholder services
 Corporate information
 Financial calendar
 Annual General Meeting
 Principal offices

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

1

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

Andrew Duff
Chairman

Net cash
$m
90

54.1

44.0

26.2

75

60

45

30

15

0

74.0

64.2

After five years of successive earnings 
growth**, the market environment in 2015 
turned out to be challenging for the Group. 
Periods of challenging demand patterns 
such as this are often a good test of the core 
qualities of a business and I am pleased to 
report that our key strengths in terms of 
market position, customer relationships, 
value proposition and cash generation have 
all shown impressive resilience in 2015. 

fully in the Finance report. After taking account 
of these items, Group diluted earnings per share 
was 20.4 cents compared to 37.7 cents in 2014.

Balance sheet
The Group’s balance sheet remains in a very 
sound position following another year of positive 
cash generation. The Group’s net cash position 
at the end of 2015 is $74.0 million, compared 
to $64.2 million at the end of the previous year. 

Lower oil prices had a significant impact on 
our oilfield drilling business and the appreciation 
of the US dollar against most global currencies 
led to changes in the competitive landscape 
for both Elementis and its customers,  
creating an additional headwind during the  
year for Chromium and our North American 
industrial coatings business. 

Innovation continues to be important to our 
success, as demonstrated by the growing 
proportion of our sales coming from new 
products, which continues to be encouraging. 
Following on from the successful commissioning 
of our new decorative coatings facility in New 
Martinsville we have continued to commit further 
investment to our Specialty Products business 
and have recently completed an investment 
in a new castor wax facility in Taiwan. 

Our track record of consistent cash generation 
over the last six years has been an important 
component of the Group’s equity story. In 2015, 
despite the more challenging environment, the 
Group still delivered a positive cash flow 
performance, helped by the sale of a portion 
of our site in Corpus Christi and lower pension 
contributions. This in turn means that we have 
been able to increase our special dividend by 
15 per cent.

Financial results
In 2015, Group sales were $678.8 million 
compared to $790.4 million in the previous year 
and Group diluted earnings per share** was 
20.8 cents compared to 24.8 cents. In addition 
the Group is reporting a number of non-
recurring items, including the Corpus Christi 
land sale, and these items are discussed more 

** before non-recurring items

The IAS 19 deficit, on the Group’s post 
retirement benefit plans also improved during 
the year from $65.8 million at the end of 2014 
to $29.0 million. The UK pension plan accounts 
for the majority of the Group’s pension 
obligations and a new funding agreement was 
concluded during the year, based on a triennial 
valuation date of 30 September 2014. As a 
result the Group’s total annual contributions to 
all plans are expected to be below $15.0 million 
in each of the next three years.

Dividends
Under the dividend policy introduced in 2012, 
the Board undertook to pay approximately one 
third of earnings, before non-recurring items, 
each year in a combination of interim and final 
dividends. In addition, a special dividend is paid 
each year of up to 50 per cent of the net cash 
balance at the end of the year, provided there 
are no immediate investment plans for that 
cash. However, the Board is maintaining the final 
dividend at the same level as the previous year, 
to reflect its confidence in the Group’s business 
model and medium term prospects. In addition, 
the year end net cash balance increased and 
we will be paying a special dividend of 50 per 
cent of that amount. Consequently, total 
dividends for the year are increased by 7 per 
cent to 16.45 cents per share, the components 
of which are as follows:
 ▶ The Board is recommending a final dividend 
for 2015 of 5.75 cents per share (2014: 5.75 
cents) and a special dividend of 8.00 cents 
per share (2014: 6.95 cents).

 ▶ The Board declared an interim dividend 

at the time of the Interim Results 
announcement of 2.70 cents per share 
(2014: 2.70 cents).

2

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

The final and special dividends will be paid on 
27 May 2016, in pounds sterling at an exchange 
rate of £1.00:$1.3955 (equivalent to a sterling 
amount of 9.8531 pence per share), to 
shareholders on the register on 29 April 2016. 

Health, safety and the environment
In this important aspect of our business I am 
pleased to report that our overall performance 
continues to be of a high standard compared 
to the industry. However, we also recognise that 
continuous improvement and an ultimate goal 
of zero incidents are absolutely essential to our 
philosophy. As regulators around the world 
rightly demand ever increasing engagement 
in this area, we will continue to be cooperative 
and proactive, while striving always to exceed 
their expectations.

Board changes
As previously announced Paul Waterman 
became Group Chief Executive and joined 
the Board on 8 February 2016. Paul has an 
impressive business background, having most 
recently been the Global CEO of BP’s 
Lubricants business. He is fully engaged in 
getting to know Elementis and its people and 
is excited about the opportunity to take the 
Group forward.

David Dutro, who retired as Group Chief 
Executive on 7 February 2016, continued 
to assist the Board until 29 February 2016 
as a Special Advisor to facilitate a smooth 
transition. David has led the Group through a 
period of impressive progress and shareholder 
value creation and the Board would like to thank 
him sincerely for his outstanding contribution. 
We wish him well in his retirement.

Our Board
For more information  
go to page 26

Total dividends per share
Cents
18

16.45

13.93

15.40

12.56

15

12

9

6

3

0

7.00

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Governance
I am pleased to report that your Board has 
made good progress over the past year, 
following the changes to its composition 
in 2014. The new non-executive members, 
including myself, have been fully engaged 
in getting to know the business and its people, 
and have established strong relationships with 
the management and business leadership 
teams. We have an excellent Board culture that 
is cohesive and transparent, based on trust, 
integrity and a shared purpose, which enables 
all directors to perform effectively, both 
collectively and as individuals. 

The Board considers that it has applied fully  
all of the principles and provisions of the 
Corporate Governance Code during 2015.  
More information is provided in the Corporate 
governance report. 

People
In periods of more difficult trading, it goes 
without saying that the pressures and 
responsibilities on our employees and their 
families are greatly increased. Our progress is, 
in no small part, due to their continued efforts 
and talents and, on behalf of the Board, I would 
like to give them my sincere thanks.

Outlook
As stated in our announcement in December, 
the market environment remains challenging. 
Chromium is cycling against a one time  
income of $5 million in 2015. However, the 
Specialty Products business will continue to 
make progress based on its strong market 
positions and investments in growth. We are 
delighted to welcome Paul Waterman as  
Group Chief Executive. The Board is  
confident that he is inheriting a sound  
business model and financial platform on  
which to take the Group forward to what  
we are confident will be future success.

Andrew Duff
Chairman
1 March 2016 

16.45c

Total dividends 
per share

Why invest in Elementis?

Clear strategy to grow the Specialty Products 
business and utilise strong balance sheet to 
reinvest in growth and finance returns to 
shareholders (special dividend programme  
in place).

Operating in high margin, segmented markets 
and emerging economies, where products have 
many applications and diverse end users, and 
local market presence is supported by strong 
global infrastructure.

Solid financial track record with well 
managed businesses that are profitable and 
cash generative.

Company has strong governance and risk 
management controls and maintains a high 
standard of business conduct, ethics and 
corporate responsibility.

Broad differentiated product portfolio that is 
underpinned by proprietary technology, strong 
customer relationships and supported by 
innovation, know how and technical expertise.

Our businesses
For more information  
go to page 6

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

3

OUR OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND BUSINESS MODEL

Who is Elementis, what does it do...
Elementis is a global specialty chemicals company. Its largest and most 
profitable business, Elementis Specialty Products, is the core of our 
growth strategy and has the following key characteristics: 
 ▶ Operating in diverse and highly segmented markets. 
 ▶ Supplying products that are critical ingredients in its customers’ 

formulations and essential to their performance, whilst representing 
a small proportion of the overall cost.

 ▶ Having a broad, differentiated and patent protected product portfolio, 

coupled with innovation and new product development.

 ▶ Long term relationships with customers that are based on mutual trust 

and collaboration, supported by strong technical service and 
expertise. 

 ▶ High sustainable operating margins and return on operating capital.

In addition, Elementis is the owner of the only high quality rheology grade 
hectorite mine in the world, which provides a key raw material and source 
of competitive advantage. 

Elementis Chromium supplies chromium chemicals that make its 
customers’ products more durable and Elementis Surfactants supplies 
a wide range of surface active ingredients.

Common to all three businesses are the following:
 ▶ Profitable, strong cash generation and high level of return on capital.
 ▶ Well invested manufacturing facilities, operational excellence and a 
broad product offering to a wide range of customers and markets.
 ▶ Provision of a differentiated service to customers, offering tailored 

solutions and product innovation.

 ▶ Strong leadership, clear business strategies and high performance 

multi-functional business teams, underpinned by robust governance 
and risk management frameworks, as well as a culture of maintaining 
high standards of business conduct, ethics and corporate 
responsibility.

... and why?
Ultimately, the strategy of the Company is to operate its portfolio of 
manufacturing assets and exploit its proprietary technologies and know 
how to supply products and services to customers, thereby creating value 
for shareholders. Key to achieving the above is the allocation and 
management of human and capital resources, as well as accessing and 
leveraging the appropriate market channels and supply chains. The above 
describes our overall business activities in terms of the inputs, processes 
and outputs that make up our business model.

Our objectives

Our strategies

Our key risks

Group
 ▶ Deliver year on year sustainable  

earnings growth.

 ▶ Outperform the FTSE 250 Index for total 
shareholder return over each successive 
annual and three year period.

 ▶ Maintain a strong balance sheet to provide 
financial stability and support investments  
in growth.

 ▶ Manage key corporate and business risks 
and maintain high standards in business 
conduct, ethics and corporate responsibility.

Group
 ▶ Offer added value, high quality solutions 
tailored to our customers with strong 
technical support.

 ▶ Manage businesses to deliver strong 
financial performance and cash flow.

 ▶ Maintain well invested facilities, operational 
excellence, strong HSE performance and 
comply with laws and regulations.

1 = Economy/Competition 
2 = Growth opportunities 
3 = Supply chain disruption 
4 = Litigation/regulatory action 
5 = Regulation/Technology
6 = Weather/operating incident
7 = Cyber security
8 = Energy sector volatility
9 = Succession planning

The key risks listed above are the principal risks 
to the achievement of the Group’s objectives 
and strategies, as identified by the Board and 
management team. These are set out more fully 
in the Risk management report on page 15.

Specialty Products
Grow the Specialty Products business 
profitably.

Specialty Products
Grow by focusing on new products, markets, 
applications and geographies and 
complementary bolt on acquisitions. 

Chromium
Manage the Chromium business to deliver 
stable earnings and cash flow.

Chromium
Optimise capacity utilisation and operating 
efficiencies, manage cost base, serve higher 
margin markets and maintain margin discipline.

Surfactants
Transition the Surfactants product portfolio to 
higher margin specialty additives.

Surfactants
Optimise profitability, operating efficiencies and 
commercial focus.

4

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
Our business model

Key inputs

 ▶ Strong leadership, passionate and committed global workforce and an embedded culture of performance and customer service.
 ▶ Clear strategies and business priorities, supported by robust governance framework and risk management controls. 
 ▶ Strong financial resources, balance sheet and cash generation, underpinned by good financial and operating discipline.
 ▶ Long term relationships with customers, suppliers and other stakeholders that are built on trust and collaboration.
 ▶ Proprietary technology and a strong focus on innovation, new product development and providing technical service and expertise.
 ▶ Well maintained facilities, excellent commercial and functional support teams and a strong global infrastructure providing a differentiated 

service to diverse markets.

Key products

 ▶ Specialty Products 

Rheological modifiers, specialty additives, organoclays, defoamers, adhesion promoters, waxes and resins, flow and levelling additives, 
colourants and pigments, dispersing/wetting/slip and coalescing agents, and lanolin and other natural oil derivatives.

 ▶ Chromium 

Chromic acid, chromic oxide, sodium dichromate and chrome sulphate, with customised delivery system.

 ▶ Surfactants 

Wide range of surface active ingredients and products used as intermediates in the production of chemical compositions.

Key sales channels

 ▶ Specialty Products 

Long term customer relationships with global MNEs as well as sales to regional and local customers. Global sales platform, solid infrastructure 
with cross-selling opportunities. Manufacturing facilities, R&D centres and technical service labs in the Americas, Europe and Asia to support 
all our key markets.

 ▶ Chromium 

Sales to the North American market while selectively supplying the Latin American, European and Asian markets. 

 ▶ Surfactants 

Long term customer relationships with global MNEs as well as sales to regional and local customers.

Key products

Key sales 
channels

Key markets

Major regions supplied: North and Latin America, Europe and Asia.

Major segments/applications:
 ▶ Specialty Products 

Industrial and decorative coatings, oilfield drilling and personal care.

 ▶ Chromium 

Metal finishing, metal alloys, timber treatment, leather tanning, pigments, ceramics and refractory. 

 ▶ Surfactants 

Oilfield production chemicals, construction chemicals, textiles and leather, household, plastics, resins and other niche markets.

Specialty Products

Chromium

Surfactants

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

5

 
 
OUR BUSINESSES

Group performance

Revenue

Specialty Products

Chromium

Surfactants

Inter-segment

Operating profit

Specialty Products

Chromium

Surfactants

Central costs

**   before non-recurring items

Specialty Products

Revenue
2014
$million

519.7

216.5

67.1

(12.9)

790.4

Effect of
exchange
rates
$million

Increase/
(decrease)
2015
$million

Revenue 
2015
$million

453.2

182.7

53.8

(10.9)

(36.5)

(33.8)

(2.1)

2.0

(70.4)

678.8

(30.0)

–

(11.2)

–

(41.2)

Operating
profit
2014**

$million

Effect of
exchange
rates
$million

Increase/
(decrease)
2015
$million

Operating
profit 
2015**

$million

98.5

58.3

4.9

(11.6)

150.1

(6.7)

0.2

(1.2)

1.9

(5.8)

(11.8)

(9.6)

0.8

(1.2)

(21.8)

80.0

48.9

4.5

(10.9)

122.5

Greg McClatchy
President of Elementis Specialty Products and 
Elementis Surfactants

 Our success factors are at the  
heart of our operations

 ▶ Strong leadership 
 ▶ Clear strategy
 ▶ Availability of finance
 ▶ Long term relationships
 ▶ Innovation
 ▶ Global infrastructure

Our performance

Sales

Operating profit**

Operating margin**

ROCE***

**  before non-recurring items 
***  before tax and excluding goodwill

Split of sales revenue

Geographic %

10

30

32

28

North America
Europe
Asia Pacific
Rest of the world

2015

2014

$453.2m

$519.7m

$80.0m

$98.5m

18%

28%

19%

35%

Segment %

12

10

23

55

Industrial coatings
Decorative coatings
Oilfield drilling
Personal care

6

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
2015 Performance
The Specialty Products business provides a solid platform for growth 
over the medium term, through its balanced geographic exposure across 
mature and emerging economies, strong and differentiated technology 
base and strategic market diversification. The business has a significant 
technical service and application support presence in its chosen markets, 
which has been built on long term relationships of trust, collaboration and 
technical expertise. In 2015, growth was negatively impacted by a 
downturn in some of its key markets, particularly oilfield drilling, coatings 
in China and industrial coatings in North America, where end users have 
experienced a downturn in their exports as a result of the strong US dollar. 
While these trends meant that the business was unable to deliver growth 
in 2015, they did not have any detrimental effect on our market share or 
value offering to customers, as evidenced by the fact that product 
contribution margins remained stable, or improved, in the year. All of this 
demonstrates some of the core strengths and resilience of the Specialty 
Products business and should ensure that profitable growth returns 
promptly as end market demand recovers.

Specialty Products’ sales in 2015 were $453.2 million, compared to 
$519.7 million in the previous year, representing a decrease of 13 per cent, 
or 7 per cent excluding currency movements. The remainder of this 
business commentary refers to constant currency sales.

In coatings additives, North American sales of decorative products 
continued to show good growth as the new product line of acrylic 
thickeners being produced at the recently completed New Martinsville 
facility continued to gain impressive traction with customers. However, 
sales to industrial applications, which account for approximately 70 per 
cent of sales in the region, experienced a slowdown as end user exports 
were constrained by the stronger US dollar. As a result, total sales of 
coatings additives in North America were 4 per cent lower than the 
previous year.

In Asia Pacific sales were 4 per cent lower than the previous year, as the 
well publicised slowdown in the Chinese economy became a stronger 
influence as the year progressed. China accounts for approximately 
70 per cent of coatings additives sales in the Asia Pacific region. The 
business began production from its new Taiwan based castor wax facility 
in the year, which will support future growth by broadening the rheology 
product offering to customers in high solids systems used in industrial 
applications.

Key facts
 – We accounted for 67 per cent of Group sales and 65 per cent 

of Group operating profit** in 2015.

 – We are based in 28 locations around the world, in North and Latin 
America, Europe and Asia, and our sales are broadly split between 
North America, Europe and Asia.

 – We have over 900 employees globally, 13 manufacturing facilities, 

three research centres of excellence (including a process development 
facility), five technical service centres and 11 dedicated sales offices.
 – Our top ten customers account for around 24 per cent of total sales.
 – In each key segment, the business has many competitors from 

multinationals to smaller privately owned businesses.

What we do
 – We provide high value functional additives to the industrial and 

decorative coatings, oilfield drilling and personal care markets that 
improve the flow characteristics and performance of our customers’ 
products or production processes.

 – We have significant expertise in the science of rheology which, in its 

simplest form, means our technology imparts thickness and viscosity 
control. For example, paint without rheological additives would have 
the consistency of water but paint with our additives is smooth, 
homogeneous and has a controlled, even spread on a surface.
 – The same requirements for rheological additives exist in personal 
care products, such as creams and lotions, and in oilfield drilling 
applications, providing viscosity control to thicken and suspend solids 
in drilling formulations and to stabilise stimulation packages used in the 
drilling process.

How and where we do it
For a description of what makes us successful, who and where our 
customers are and a list of our products and markets, refer to the 
Business model section on page 5.

A map of our global locations is on the Inside front cover.

Key product applications
 – Industrial coatings: protective applications in automotive, containers, 

furniture, flooring, marine, plastics and construction.

 – Decorative coatings: homes, offices and similar environments.
 – Oilfield: drilling and fracturing fluids utilised in oil and gas extraction 

activities.

 – Personal care: antiperspirants, nail polish, mascara, make-up, eye 

shadow, lipsticks, creams, lotions and suncare products.

 – Construction: concrete, plasters, mortars, renderings, stuccos, flooring 

systems and building adhesives.

Key sector drivers
 – Industrial coatings: increasing demand from customers for high 

performance coatings that enhance their products and exposure 
to higher growth emerging markets.

 – Decorative coatings: regulatory trend towards low VOC and increasing 

consumer sophistication in emerging markets.

 – Oilfield: exposure to shale oil and gas and extreme drilling.
 – Personal care: increasingly sophisticated consumer demand and 

emerging market development.

Our strategy
For more information  
go to page 4

**  before non-recurring items

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

7

OUR BUSINESSES
CONTINUED

Specialty Products continued

2015 Performance continued
In Latin America, sales were 1 per cent higher than the previous year, 
helped by good growth in decorative products, whilst in Europe, sales 
improved by 3 per cent with some signs that the weaker euro is having 
a positive impact on industrial sales for export.

In personal care, sales for the year were 3 per cent higher than the 
previous year as the business finished the year on a positive note. Good 
progress was made during the latter part of the year in replacing business 
lost in Latin America during the first six months of the year, due to 
significant local currency weakness. This was reported at the time of the 
Group’s Interim Results. Personal care sales in the final three months of 
the year were 16 per cent higher than the same period in the previous 
year and 9 per cent higher than in the third quarter of 2015. Sales were 
particularly strong in aerosol antiperspirants and suncare products, as 
well as in the new Rheoluxe® line of products, and European sales in Q4 
were the most prominent in terms of year on year growth.

Sales in oilfield drilling in 2015 were 41 per cent lower than the previous 
year, as the sector responded to low oil and gas prices by significantly 
reducing drilling activity, particularly in North America. The business 
experienced a sharp decline in sales during the first three months of 
the year, after which sales stabilised at approximately 50 per cent below 
previous year levels.

Operating profit in 2015 was 19 per cent below the previous year at 
$80.0 million, or 13 per cent excluding currency movements. Lower sales, 
particularly in our oilfield drilling business, was the main cause of the 
decline. Reassuringly, overall selling prices remained relatively stable 
and the impact of lower activity was mitigated by several projects 
designed to improve supply chain costs and increase production yields. 
These projects led directly to an improvement in the contribution margin 
for the year. In addition, measured actions were taken during the second 
half of the year to reduce fixed costs, resulting in annual savings of 
approximately $2.5 million, most of which will benefit 2016.

Elementis Chromium

Dennis Valentino
President of Elementis Chromium

Our performance

Sales

Operating profit**

Operating margin**

ROCE***

**  before non-recurring items 
***  before tax and excluding goodwill

2015

2014

$182.7m

$216.5m

$48.9m

$58.3m

27%

50%

27%

58%

 Our success factors are at the  
heart of our operations

Split of sales revenue

Geographic %

Segment %

 ▶ Strong leadership 
 ▶ Clear strategy
 ▶ Availability of finance
 ▶ Long term relationships
 ▶ Innovation
 ▶ Global infrastructure

13

16

13

58

North America
Europe
Asia Pacific
Rest of the world

29

13

6

17

35

Leather tanning
Timber treatment
Metal finishing
Pigmentary
Other

8

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
Key facts
 – We accounted for 25 per cent of Group sales and 40 per cent 

Key sector drivers
 – Chromic oxide: construction, coatings, aircraft engines and 

of Group operating profit** in 2015.

gas turbines.

 – We are the only domestic producer of chromium chemicals in the US 
and operate from two major facilities in Castle Hayne, North Carolina, 
and Corpus Christi, Texas, and three smaller processing facilities 
supplying local tanneries.

 – We have over 200 employees, most of whom are located in the US.
 – Our top ten customers account for less than 57 per cent of total sales.
 – The business has many competitors from multinationals to smaller 

privately owned businesses.

What we do
 – We provide chromium chemicals to customers that make their 

products more durable and which are used in a wide range of sectors 
and applications.

 – Our reputation for quality and operational excellence, high levels 

of customer service and technical support, as well as our customised 
bulk delivery system, are key differentiating factors that enable 
us to develop long term, mutually advantageous relationships with 
our customers.

How and where we do it
For a description of what makes us successful, who and where our 
customers are and a list of our products and markets, refer to the 
Business model section on page 5.

A map of our global locations is on the Inside front cover.

Key products and applications
 – Chromic oxide: as a pigment in paints, plastics and roofing and 

ceramic tiles; in the construction of high temperature and abrasion 
resistant refractory brick for glass and fibreglass; and in the production 
of metal alloys for use in aeroplane and land based turbines.

 – Chromic acid: in plating metal and plastic to produce a strong, tarnish 
resistant chrome finish for appliances, automobiles and many other 
applications; and as a wood preservative for marine pilings, telegraph 
poles, landscape timbers and other industrial wood applications.
 – Chrome sulphate: in tanning to produce high quality leathers for 

a wide range of end uses.

 – Sodium dichromate: as an intermediate chemical to produce the 

above chromium chemicals as well as pigments for industrial coatings 
and traffic paint.

 – Chromic acid: automotive, heavy/light machinery, construction 

and infrastructure.

 – Chrome sulphate: beef consumption.
 – Sodium dichromate: all of the above.

2015 Performance
2015 was a challenging year for Chromium, primarily as a result of the US 
dollar strengthening significantly against most key currencies. This created 
a testing pricing dynamic for export sales by Elementis Chromium and its 
customers in North America. The business strategy is to deliver more 
stable earnings and cash flow by utilising its existing capacity and flexible 
manufacturing platform to focus on the more differentiated markets. In 
particular, the North American market is preferred because of its proximity 
to the manufacturing base and because of the more value added offering 
to customers as a result of the unique delivery systems the business has 
developed in that region. Hence, over time, the North American market is 
likely to become a larger proportion of total sales and so the business will 
progressively become less exposed to the dynamics of other world 
markets. In 2015 approximately 42 per cent of sales were made outside 
of North America.

Chromium sales in 2015 were 16 per cent lower than the previous year 
at $182.7 million. Volumes were 8 per cent lower than the previous year, 
primarily due to the reduction in sales of refractory grade oxide in North 
America. Sales in this application were particularly strong in 2014 due to 
a number of significant customer projects, which were completed towards 
the end of that year. Excluding this effect, sales volumes in 2015 were at 
a similar level to the previous year. Average pricing in 2015 was 7 per cent 
lower than the previous year as the stronger US dollar had a significant 
impact on export selling prices in North America.

Operating profit in 2015 was $9.4 million below the previous year, 
at $48.9 million. Lower sales volumes reduced operating profit by 
approximately $8 million, while lower pricing net of variable cost benefits 
had a negative impact of approximately $11 million. Variable costs 
benefited from lower raw material and energy prices and planned projects 
to improve manufacturing yields. The business took action towards the 
end of 2015 to improve fixed costs by reducing the overall workforce, 
with the majority of this benefit materialising from 2016 onwards. 
Otherwise fixed costs in 2015 improved due to tight cost control and by 
approximately $5 million relating to a legal settlement and property 
easement fees. Operating margin in 2015 was stable at 26.8 per cent 
(24.0 per cent excluding the items above), compared to 26.9 per cent in 
the previous year.

Our strategy
For more information  
go to page 4

**  before non-recurring items

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

9

 
OUR BUSINESSES
CONTINUED

Elementis Surfactants

 Our success factors are at the  
heart of our operations

 ▶ Strong leadership 
 ▶ Clear strategy
 ▶ Availability of finance
 ▶ Long term relationships
 ▶ Innovation
 ▶ Global infrastructure

Our strategy
For more information  
go to page 4

Our performance

Sales

Operating profit**

Operating margin**

ROCE***

**  before non-recurring items 
***  before tax and excluding goodwill

Split of sales revenue

Geographic %

4

11

85

Europe
Rest of the world
Asia Pacific
North America (<1%)

2015

$53.8m

$4.5m

8%

22%

2014

$67.1m

$4.9m

7%

21%

Segment %

5

8

19

16

52

Oilfield production chemicals
Other
Textile and leather
Water treatment
Feed

Key facts
 – We accounted for 8 per cent of Group sales and 4 per cent of  

Group operating profit** in 2015.

 – We share a manufacturing plant in Delden, Netherlands, with 

Elementis Specialty Products.

 – We employ over 100 employees at our Delden site.
 – Our top ten customers represent 86 per cent of total sales.
 – The business has many competitors from multinationals to smaller 

privately owned businesses.

What we do
 – We manufacture a wide range of surface active ingredients and 

products that are used as intermediates in the production of chemical 
compositions.

 – We are in the process of transitioning to more higher margin  

specialty additives.

 – Our facility is equipped with both continuous and multi-purpose batch 
reactors for a variety of chemical processes which, together with our 
expertise, allow us to produce a wide range of complex products, 
customised to meet our customers’ requirements.

How and where we do it
For a description of what makes us successful, who and where our 
customers are and a list of our products and markets, refer to the 
Business model section on page 5.

A map of our global locations is on the Inside front cover.

2015 Performance
The programme for Surfactants is to transition the Delden, Netherlands 
facility, where surfactants are produced, towards manufacturing higher 
margin additives for Specialty Products. Hence it is expected that sales 
volumes in Surfactants will generally decrease over time. However, 
in the more challenging market environment in 2015, the Surfactants 
business retained more sales than it otherwise would in order to offset 
reduced demand in other parts of the Group. In doing so the business 
was also able to deliver an improved operating margin compared to 
the previous year. 

Surfactants’ sales in 2015 were $53.8 million, compared to $67.1 million 
in the previous year, which is a reduction of 20 per cent, or 4 per cent 
excluding currency movements. The majority of sales are denominated 
in euros. Lower pricing in association with a decline in raw material costs 
accounted for most of the decline, with volumes maintaining a similar level 
to the previous year.

Operating profit in 2015 was $4.5 million compared to $4.9 million in the 
previous year, which is a decline of 8 per cent or an increase of 22 per 
cent if currency movements are excluded. Average selling prices declined 
in line with lower raw material costs, while improved product mix more 
than offset modest increases in fixed costs. Hence operating margin 
improved to 8.4 per cent from 7.3 per cent in the previous year.

**  before non-recurring items

10

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
FINANCE REPORT

Revenue

Specialty Products
Chromium
Surfactants
Inter-segment

Operating profit

Specialty Products
Chromium
Surfactants
Central costs

 2015
$million

453.2
182.7
53.8
(10.9)

678.8

Operating
profit
$million

Non-recurring 
items
$million

77.6
60.9
3.3
(13.7)

128.1

2.4
(12.0)
1.2
2.8

(5.6)

2015 
Underlying 
operating 
profit
 $million

80.0
48.9
4.5
(10.9)

122.5

Operating
profit
$million

Non-recurring 
items 
$million

100.1
56.8
8.2
(8.7)

156.4

(1.6)
1.5
(3.3)
(2.9)

(6.3)

 2014
$million

519.7
216.5
67.1
(12.9)

790.4

2014
Underlying 
operating 
profit 
$million

98.5
58.3
4.9
(11.6)

150.1

Group results
Group sales in 2015 were $678.8 million compared to $790.4 million in the 
previous year, a reduction of 14 per cent, or 9 per cent excluding currency 
movements. Constant currency sales in Specialty Products were lower by 
7 per cent, mostly due to lower demand for oilfield drilling additives, while 
constant currency sales in Chromium were 16 per cent lower, strongly 
influenced by a change in competitive dynamics outside of North America 
as a result of the strengthening of the US dollar. Constant currency sales 
in Surfactants were 4 per cent lower due to lower pricing, in line with lower 
raw material costs.

Operating profit** for the year was $122.5 million, compared to  
$150.1 million in 2014, a reduction of 18 per cent, or 15 per cent  
excluding currency movements. The impact of lower sales in the  
year was reduced by lower raw material costs and a number of  
projects across the Group to improve production costs and reduce  
fixed overheads.

Currency hedging
Although a large part of the Group’s business is transacted in US dollars, 
the Group also transacts in other currencies, in particular euros, pounds 
sterling and Chinese renminbi. In order to reduce earnings volatility from 
these currency exposures, the Group takes out cash flow hedges each 
year where these are readily available. In 2015, overall currency 
movements were such that the net impact of these hedge transactions 
was a credit to operating profit of $2.6 million, while in 2014 there was 
a credit of $1.9 million.

Central costs
Central costs are those costs that are not identifiable as expenses of a 
particular business and comprise expenditures of the Board of Directors 
and corporate office. In 2015 central costs** were $10.9 million, compared 
to $11.6 million in the previous year. The decrease was due to a currency 
gain of $1.9 million, partially offset by changes in central provisions relating 
to insurance and other central costs.

Non-recurring items
A number of items have been recorded under ‘non-recurring items’ 
in 2015 by virtue of their size and/or one time nature (2014: recorded 
as ‘exceptional items’), in order to provide a better understanding of the 
Group’s results. The net impact of these items on Group profit before tax 
for the year is a credit of $5.6 million (2014: $6.3 million). The items fall into 
three categories, as summarised below:

Credit/(charge)

Land sale

Restructuring

Other

Specialty Products
Surfactants
Chromium
Central costs

Total

–
–
17.0
–

17.0

(2.1)
(0.5)
(0.7)
(0.9)

(4.2)

(0.6)
(0.7)
(4.3)
(1.6)

(7.2)

Total

(2.7)
(1.2)
12.0
(2.5)

5.6

Land sale – net credit of $17.0 million
In July 2015, Chromium sold a non-operating portion of its site at 
Corpus Christi, US, for total proceeds of $26.0 million. After transaction 
costs and deduction of the book value of the land, the net gain on the 
sale was $23.8 million. The terms of the disposal crystallised certain future 
regulatory and monitoring obligations for the Group and the $6.8 million 
one time cost of these have been deducted to arrive at a net profit on 
property disposal of $17.0 million and added to the Group’s existing 
environmental provisions.

Restructuring – charge of $4.2 million
In October 2015, the Group announced that it was taking certain actions 
to reduce costs by reducing its workforce and reorganising some parts 
of its management structure, including the recruitment of a new Group 
Chief Executive. The one time cost of this exercise including redundancy 
costs, as well as recruitment and other costs associated with changes 
in the management structure, was $4.2 million. Anticipated annual savings 
from this exercise are approximately $4.0 million and will largely be 
realised from 2016 onwards.

**  before non-recurring items

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

11

 
FINANCE REPORT
CONTINUED

Other – charge of $7.2 million
A provision has been set up within Chromium that relates to a legacy right 
of first refusal agreement with a third party. Under that agreement, 
Chromium pays a fixed annual fee in return for the right to acquire certain 
land in North Carolina for operating purposes. Payment of the fixed fee is 
also related to the continued use of certain disposal facilities. Based on 
the current operating plans of the Chromium business and the estimated 
value of this land, there is now a low likelihood that the Group will exercise 
this right of first refusal in the future. Hence a provision has been recorded 
for the remaining payments under that agreement in the amount of  
$4.0 million. 

Other items totalling $2.2 million relate to the impairment of certain 
software licences, as well as due diligence and other costs associated 
with investment projects that were not successful. In addition, the Group 
has also recorded a provision of $1.0 million for the potential outcome 
of a regulatory case in Europe.

Other expenses
Other expenses are administration costs incurred and paid by the Group’s 
pension schemes, which relate primarily to former employees of legacy 
businesses, and were $2.1 million in 2015 compared to $1.9 million in 
the previous year. The year on year comparison reflects the fact that these 
schemes are relatively stable, consisting mostly of deferred and pensioner 
members.

Net finance costs

Finance income
Finance cost of borrowings

Net pension finance costs
Discount unwind on provisions

2015
$million

2014
$million

0.2
(1.2)

(1.0)

(1.8)
(1.4)

(4.2)

0.3
(1.6)

(1.3)

(3.1)
(1.9)

(6.3)

Net finance costs declined by $2.1 million in 2015 to $4.2 million due 
to lower net borrowing and pension finance costs and a reduction in the 
discount charge on provisions. Net borrowing costs relate mostly to 
amortised arrangement and commitment fees on unutilised borrowing 
facilities, as well as interest income and expense on deposits and 
borrowings. These costs were lower than the previous year, at 
$1.0 million, due to lower average borrowings for the year. Pension 
finance costs were lower than the previous year at $1.8 million due to 
a combination of lower pension deficits and lower discount rates at the 
start of the year, compared to the same time in the previous year. 
Discount rates, under IAS 19, are set at the beginning of each year based 
on corporate bond yields. Discount on provisions relates to the annual 
time value of the Group’s environmental provisions, which are calculated 
on a discounted basis. In 2015 the charge was also lower than the 
previous year, at $1.4 million, due to lower discount rates, which declined 
in line with long term US government bond rates.

Taxation
Tax charge

2015
Effective 
rate  

per cent

16.6
5.2

21.8

2014 
Effective

rate  

$million

per cent

26.3
(53.5)

(27.2)

18.5
(36.9)

(18.4)

$million

19.3
7.2

26.5

Before non-recurring items
Non-recurring items

Total

12

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

The tax charge of $26.5 million (2014: credit of $27.2 million) includes an 
adjustment to the prior year’s non-recurring credit of $4.7 million and a  
tax charge in respect of non-recurring items of $2.5 million. Before  
these non-recurring tax charges, the tax charge was $19.3 million  
(2014: $26.3 million) and represents an effective tax rate of 16.6 per cent 
(2014: 18.5 per cent). The decrease in tax rate arises from the release  
of overseas tax provisions where uncertainties in the treatment of  
certain items has been resolved and from changes in the geographic  
mix of profits.

Earnings per share
Note 9 to the Consolidated financial statements sets out a number of 
calculations of earnings per share. To better understand the underlying 
performance of the Group, earnings per share reported under IFRS is 
adjusted for items classified as non-recurring.

Diluted earnings per share, before non-recurring items, was 20.8 cents 
compared to 24.8 cents in the previous year. The year on year reduction 
was mostly a result of lower operating profit and a lower tax rate in the 
current year. Basic earnings per share were 20.6 cents compared to 
38.1 cents in 2014, and included a non-recurring debit of 0.4 cents 
compared to a credit of 13.0 cents in the previous year. Non-recurring 
items in 2015 are described earlier in this report, while the non-recurring 
credit in 2014 included 11.8 cents relating to the recognition of certain UK 
tax assets.

Distributions to shareholders
During 2015 the Group paid a final dividend in respect of the year ended 
31 December 2014 of 5.75 cents per share (2014: 5.50 cents) and a 
special dividend of 6.95 cents per share (2014: 5.86 cents). An interim 
dividend of 2.70 cents per share (2014: 2.70 cents) was paid on 2 October 
2015 and the Board is recommending a final dividend of 5.75 cents per 
share and a special dividend of 8.00 cents per share, both of which will be 
paid on 27 May 2016.

Cash flow
The cash flow is summarised below.

EBITDA1
Change in working capital
Capital expenditure
Other

Operating cash flow
Pension deficit payments
Interest and tax
Non-recurring items
Other

Free cash flow
Dividends paid
Acquisitions and disposals
Currency fluctuations

Movement in net cash
Net cash at start of year

Net cash at end of year

2015
$million

2014
$million

149.5
(12.9)
(31.3)
(2.8)

102.5
(22.8)
(13.8)
20.1
(3.2)

82.8
(71.1)
–
(1.9)

9.8
64.2

74.0

175.3
4.3
(34.9)
(0.3)

144.4
(49.5)
(13.3)
–
(0.8)

80.8
(64.7)
(4.1)
(1.9)

10.1
54.1

64.2

1 

 EBITDA – earnings before interest,  tax, non-recurring items,  depreciation  
and amortisation

 
 
For the sixth consecutive year the Group is reporting a positive net cash 
flow, increasing the net cash balance at the end of 2015 by $9.8 million 
to $74.0 million. Consistent with a more challenging trading environment 
in 2015, EBITDA for the year was lower than the previous year by 
$25.8 million at $149.5 million and there was a cash outflow in working 
capital of $12.9 million. However, these were more than offset by sale 
proceeds of $26.0 million from the sale of part of the land at the Corpus 
Christi site in the US and pension contributions for the year of  
$22.8 million that were $26.7 million lower than the previous year. 

In working capital, inventory levels were reduced by $18.0 million in line 
with lower trading levels and inventory days at the end of 2015 were in line 
with the previous year. Debtor balances also declined in line with lower 
sales, leaving debtor days at a similar level to the previous year. Creditor 
balances, however, declined by more than trading levels would imply. 
This was because creditor days at the end of 2014 were unusually high 
at 74 days, due to favourable timing of a number of supplier payments, 
particularly in relation to chrome ore shipments. Hence when creditor 
days returned to more normal levels (55 days) at the end of 2015, this 
led to an additional cash outflow in that year and is the main reason 
behind the overall working capital outflow of $12.9 million. 

Capital expenditure in 2015 was $3.6 million lower than in 2014 at 
$31.3 million, compared to depreciation for the year of $26.9 million  
(2014: $25.4 million). Spending was lower in the current year because  
the new decorative additives facility in New Martinsville, US, was largely 
completed in 2014, hence spending on that project was $5.5 million  
lower in 2015. Otherwise capital expenditure in 2015 included the final 
investment in the new castor wax facility in Taiwan, which started 
production in the year. Investments in plant maintenance and productivity 
across the Group totalled $22.1 million in 2015, compared to $23.7 million 
in 2014. 

Balance sheet

Intangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets
Working capital
Net tax liabilities
Provisions and retirement benefit obligations
Net cash

Total equity 

2015
$million

2014
$million

362.5
211.2
143.1
(65.4)
(67.4)
74.0

658.0

373.0
211.7
137.4
(41.4)
(100.8)
64.2

644.1

Group equity increased by $13.9 million in 2015 (2014: $98.6 million). 
Intangible fixed assets declined by $10.5 million due mostly to a currency 
translation cost of $8.3 million and amortisation charges of $3.3 million. 
Tangible fixed assets were $0.5 million lower than the previous year, with 
the depreciation charge of $23.6 million and currency translation impact of 
$5.8 million offsetting net additions of $28.9 million. Working capital 
increased by $5.7 million, as the reduction in trade and other creditors of 
$42.1 million offset decreases in inventories of $18.0 million and trade and 
other debtors of $17.6 million. Net tax liabilities increased by $24.0 million, 
as the tax charge on profits for the year exceeded actual cash tax 
payments and due to the tax effect of a fall in pension deficits.  
Movements in provisions and retirement benefit obligations are discussed 
elsewhere in this report. Net cash increased by $9.8 million as described 
in the previous section.

The main dollar exchange rates relevant to the Group are set out below.

Pounds sterling
Euro

Year end

0.68
0.92

2015
Average

0.65
0.90

Year end

0.64
0.83

2014
Average

0.60
0.75

Provisions
The Group records a provision in the balance sheet when it has a present 
obligation as a result of past events, which is expected to result in an 
outflow of economic benefits in order to settle the obligation. The Group 
calculates provisions on a discounted basis. At the end of 2015 the Group 
held provisions of $38.4 million (2014: $35.0 million), consisting of 
environmental provisions of $29.5 million (2014: $31.7 million), self 
insurance provisions of $3.1 million (2014: $3.3 million) and restructuring 
and other provisions of $5.8 million (2014: nil). In 2015 environmental 
provisions reduced by $2.2 million driven mainly by increased spending of 
$9.1 million (2014: $5.1 million) offset by an increase in provision within 
Chromium following the sale of non-operational land at the Corpus Christi 
site, which has been treated as a non-recurring item. The self insurance 
provision represents the Group’s estimate of its liability arising from 
retained liabilities under the Group’s insurance programme. Within 
the restructuring and other provisions categories, which were set up 
following various non-recurring charges made in the year, the $5.8 million 
balance includes the remaining liability under a right of first refusal 
agreement, a provision for an ongoing regulatory case in Europe and 
future payments relating to reorganisation measures taken during 2015.

Pensions and other post retirement benefits

Net (surplus)/liability:
UK
US
Other

2015
$million

2014
$million

(6.7)
30.7
5.0

29.0

28.4
31.1
6.3

65.8

UK plan
The largest of the Group’s retirement plans is the UK defined benefit 
pension scheme (“UK Scheme”) which had a surplus, under IAS 19, of 
$6.7 million at the end of 2015, compared to a deficit of $28.4 million at 
the end of 2014. The UK Scheme is relatively mature, with approximately 
two thirds per cent of its gross liabilities represented by pensions in 
payment, and is closed to new members. The improvement in the IAS 19 
valuation was mainly due contributions from the Company of $21.1 million 
(2014: $41.9 million) and structural improvements in the liability valuation of 
$57.2 million (2014: decline of $70.7 million) due to higher discount rates 
based on real corporate bond yields and other structural improvements 
emanating from the most recent triennial valuation. These positive 
influences more than offset negative asset returns of 2 per cent (2014: 
positive 13 per cent) due to weak equity markets and the financial cost of 
the liabilities of $27.4 million (2014: $35.6 million). Company contributions 
were lower in 2015 mainly because the 2014 contribution included a 
previously agreed one time payment of $15.2 million. During the year the 
triennial valuation as of 30 September 2014 was concluded and showed a 
funding deficit that was lower than anticipated. This resulted in a new 
funding agreement being reached with the UK Trustees that foresees 
lower contributions going forward than previously anticipated. Under the 
new agreement the funding deficit is expected to be eliminated by  
30 September 2018 and the maximum annual contributions by the 
Company in any year, in pounds sterling, are as follows:

Year payable

2016
2017
2018

Amount 
(£million)

7.2
5.2
3.9

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

13

 
FINANCE REPORT
CONTINUED

Pensions and other post retirement benefits (continued)
US plans
In the US, the Group reports two post retirement plans under IAS 19: a 
defined benefit pension plan with a deficit value at the end of 2015 of 
$24.4 million (2014: $23.7 million), and a post retirement medical plan with 
a liability of $6.3 million (2014: $7.4 million). The US pension plan is smaller 
than the UK plan and is closed to future accruals. In 2015 the overall 
deficit value remained relatively stable as the financial cost of the liability 
for the year of $5.1 million (2014: $5.6 million) was approximately matched 
by employer contributions of $2.7 million (2014: $7.8 million) and positive 
changes due to updated actuarial assumptions of $4.1 million  
(2014: negative $16.9 million). The positive change of $4.1 million in the 
year was mostly due to an increase in corporate bond yields of 45 basis 
points (2014: decline of 55 basis points). Asset returns in the year were 
close to zero (2014: plus 7 per cent) as US equity markets remained 
relatively stable for the year as a whole.

Other plans
Other liabilities at 31 December 2015 amounted to $5.0 million  
(2014: $6.3 million) and relate to pension arrangements for a relatively 
small number of employees in Germany and certain UK legacy benefits.

Key performance indicators

The Group maintains a standard set of key performance 
indicators (“KPIs”) against which each business reports on a 
monthly basis. The principal financial KPIs are listed below. 
The Group’s main non-financial KPIs relate to our health, 
safety and environmental performance. These KPIs are 
recordable incidents, lost time accidents and environmental 
incidents which are described more fully in the Corporate 
responsibility report. 

Our short term incentives include targets against the annual 
operating plan for profit before tax, operating profit and 
average trade working capital to sales ratio.

Our long term incentives include targets against EPS and  
total shareholder return which are a subset of the Group’s 
financial KPIs.

1.  Operating profit/operating margin
Operating profit is the profit derived from the normal operations of 
the business. Operating margin is the ratio of operating profit, before 
non-recurring items, to sales. The Group achieved an operating  
profit** of $122.5 million for the year ended 31 December 2015  
(2014: $150.1 million before non-recurring items). The Group’s 
operating margin** was 18 per cent compared to 19 per cent in 2014.

2.  Average trade working capital to sales ratio
The trade working capital to sales ratio is defined as the 12 month 
average trade working capital divided by sales, expressed as a 
percentage. Trade working capital comprises inventories, trade 
receivables and trade payables. It specifically excludes prepayments, 
capital or interest related receivables or payables, changes due to 
currency movements and items classified as other receivables and 
other payables. The Group’s 12 month average trade working capital 
to sales ratio at 31 December 2015 was 25 per cent (2014: 21 per cent).

14

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

3.  Return on operating capital employed 
The return on operating capital employed (“ROCE”) is defined as 
operating profit before non-recurring items divided by operating capital 
employed, expressed as a percentage. Operating capital employed 
comprises fixed assets (excluding goodwill), working capital and 
operating provisions. Operating provisions include self insurance 
and environmental provisions but exclude retirement benefit 
obligations. The Group’s ROCE was 35 per cent for the year ended  
31 December 2015 (2014: 42 per cent).

ROCE for the Group including goodwill was 18 per cent in 2015 
(2014: 22 per cent).

4.  Contribution margin
The Group’s contribution margin, which is defined as sales less all 
variable costs, divided by sales and expressed as a percentage, 
in 2015 was 38 per cent (2014: 38 per cent). 

5.  Operating cash flow
The operating cash flow is defined as the net cash flow from operating 
activities less net capital expenditure but excluding income taxes paid 
or received, interest paid or received, pension contributions net of 
current service cost and non-recurring items. In 2015 the operating 
cash flow was $102.5 million (2014: $144.4 million). 

** before non-recurring items

Risk management report

Risk context
Like other chemical companies, the operations and activities of Elementis 
are exposed to different types of risk that, individually or in combination, 
have the potential to harm the Group with varying degrees of severity. 
Risks that are not appropriately managed or mitigated could cause 
financial, operational and reputational damage and threaten the Group’s 
longer term viability. 

The approach at Elementis is to view risk as being inherent in all business 
operations and activities, whether deriving from an external or internal 
source. To help our global businesses manage risk, the Board has 
approved a risk management policy and sets the tone for the Group’s 
culture on risk, appetite for risk and the levels of risk tolerance. 

Our risk culture – the values, behaviours and actions – are embodied in 
key governance documents, such as the Group’s risk management policy, 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Matters Reserved for the 
Board. Thus compliance with laws and regulations, sound business ethics 
and practices, and high standards of care in our safety and environmental 
performance are central to the way Elementis conducts its businesses.

The Board is ultimately responsible for risk, internal control and longer 
term viability and has defined its risk appetite around an approach 
towards how it will evaluate major opportunities and risks, whether these 
relate to key business decisions, strategic investments or particular events 
or incidents. As the nature of opportunity or risk can be distinctive, the 
approach is to review these on a case by case basis but with reference 
to strategic and operating plans, Group policies and guidance from 
management and advisers. 

Risk management overview
The risk management process is well established within Elementis 
and embedded throughout the Group. The Board sets the overall policy, 
culture and tone, and provides support and oversight. The management 
team provides leadership and has responsibility for implementing Group 
policies, identifying major risks and ensuring resources are allocated 
for effective risk management. 

At both Board and management team levels, a programme exists to 
monitor and review major risks and controls on a routine basis. In addition, 
specific time is set aside during the year to focus on specific risks and 
controls, different parts of the business or aspects of the risk 
management process. 

The Audit Committee supports the work of the Board and has specific 
responsibility for monitoring financial reporting, as well as the internal 
and external audit programmes, one of the primary purposes of which 
is to provide assurance on financial, operational and compliance controls. 
(See also Audit Committee report on page 32.) 

Other corporate and business functions play an important role in effective 
risk management and these include: HSE, legal, HR, IT, finance, product 
stewardship and supply chain. This framework ensures that risk 
management is embedded into day to day operations and processes  
in a way that allows our approach to be responsive to changes in the 
business environment. In addition, our flat management structure allows 
risk identification, assessment and management activities to be carried 
out at site or business unit level, supported by escalation procedures 
to ensure major risks are communicated to the management team 
and Board as appropriate. 

Summary of key activities during 2015
 ▶ Appointment and transition of Aon UK as our global insurance broker, 
and renewal of the Group’s insurance programme including policy 
review and cover enhancements.

 ▶ Two risk workshops at management team level to focus on assessing 
business viability, with presentations from specialists in Aon’s UK 
ERM team.

 ▶ Formal management and Board risk register review process: 

assessing risk severity and likelihood, reviewing risk mitigation actions 
and controls, and looking at scenario analysis and stress-testing 
particularly for financial impact on profitability, liquidity and solvency.

 ▶ Board visits to sites in Delden, Netherlands; Livingston, Scotland; 
Castle Hayne, North Carolina and East Windsor, New Jersey. 

 ▶ Board programme: management succession; business performance; 
granular reviews of Group strategy, business segment strategies, 
acquisition criteria, top five major risks in each business; and 
presentations from the business leadership teams and the operations/
HSE, legal and IT functions.

 ▶ Four reforecasting exercises undertaken in the year in response 

to changing trading conditions, with contingency action being taken 
to manage the cost base. 

 ▶ Completion of programme in respect of agents signing up to terms 

covering anti-bribery and corruption compliance. 

 ▶ Completion of a risk maturity survey and carrying out benchmarking 

analysis of global risk themes and profiles. 

 ▶ Insurance property survey programme.
 ▶ Corporate HSE compliance audits including the use of third party 
subject matter experts, and the further roll out of corporate safety 
standards. (See also Corporate responsibility report.) 

 ▶ Increased focus and investment in cyber security measures, 

training and controls. 

 ▶ Compliance training programme improved and extended.
 ▶ Improved the resilience of our supply chain and, in particular, 
broadening our supplier base to reduce dependence on key 
raw material sources. 

Principal risks and uncertainties
Following a comprehensive risk assessment process at the business 
leadership, management team and Board level, 15 principal risks have 
been identified that are disclosed under nine headings below and on page 
18. Nine risks were also disclosed last year but there have been a number 
of changes. Three risks from 2014 have been removed (UK pension fund, 
disruption to banking systems and increasing scrutiny of tax affairs) and in 
their place are cyber security incident, energy sector volatility and 
succession planning. 

Summary of principal risks
1 = Economy/Competition 
2 = Growth opportunities 
3 = Supply chain disruption 
4 = Litigation/regulatory action 
5 = Regulation/Technology

6 = Weather/operating incident
7 = Cyber security 
8 = Energy sector volatility
9 = Succession planning

Risks that have been omitted from this year’s table
The UK pension scheme deficit has reduced significantly in recent years 
and the trustees have progressively moved to a more conservative 
investment strategy. The 2014 triennial valuation and funding negotiations 
were concluded successfully last year with a goal of eliminating the 
funding deficit, on a technical provision basis, by 2018. (See also 
Finance report.)

The Group continued to be cash generative in 2015 and therefore has 
relied less on its borrowing facilities. There are a number of facilities in 
place with different institutions in separate regions and the principal facility 
has a syndicate of four banks. Credit ratings and deposits are reviewed 
periodically by the Board along with other treasury matters. 

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

15

 
 
FINANCE REPORT
CONTINUED

Risk management report (continued)

Our approach to taxation is to ensure that profits derived from economic 
activities undertaken within individual jurisdictions are subject to tax 
in accordance with the tax legislation that applies in each jurisdiction. 
Our approach is to deal with tax matters in an open and transparent 
manner. The Group is subject to tax audits and inspections in various 
jurisdictions that can cover income tax, sales tax and property taxes, and 
recently completed reviews resulted in no material adjustments.

Although the above three risks do not appear in the 2015 principal risks 
table, they continue to be monitored and remain on the Group’s 
comprehensive risk register which has records for over 90 risks. Where 
a risk has been almost completely mitigated or eliminated, it is archived 
from the live risk register and used for future reference.

Risks and trends
The most significant challenges facing the Group in 2016 are risks that 
impact on the Group’s ability to deliver its operating plans, achieve 
strategic growth objectives and generate and preserve value for 
shareholders over the longer term. 

Principal challenges

Principal risks

Deliver operating plans
Achieve strategic growth objectives
Generate and preserve value

1, 3, 6, 8
2, 5, 
4, 7, 9

(See also Our objectives, strategies and business model on pages 4 to 5.)

The risk trend for severity of financial impact and likelihood of occurrence 
for the risks numbered below (which correspond to the risk disclosures 
above and on page 18) is shown below. 

Severity of financial impact 

Increased

1, 2, 6, 7, 8, 9

Decreased

4

Likelihood of occurrence

Increased

1, 6, 7, 8, 9

Decreased

4

Stable

3, 5

Stable

2, 3, 5

Why risk trends have changed
The main reason for the increases in severity trend is partially down to 
experience, as in the case of the impact of lower oil prices on demand 
for our drilling products, and partially due to changes to the way financial 
severity was assessed this year, following a review of processes and 
procedures. For example, data from Aon supported by other industry 
publications helped to quantify potential loss from a cyber security 
incident that was previously less well quantified. 

In terms of the increased likelihood trend, again this generally reflects 
experience (higher US dollar impacting Chromium sales outside North 
America, more regulation or weather-related incidents), as well as an 
increase in awareness or anticipation, for example, of an IT-related 
incident. Under our insurance programme, the level of deductible is 
part of the risk being retained by the Company, so the higher frequency 
of storm events is another cause of the increased risk trend. 

How we manage and mitigate major risks 
As reported elsewhere in this Annual Report, trading in 2015 was 
impacted by the high US dollar, record low oil prices and to a lesser  
extent slower growth in China. The strong US dollar adversely affected 
Chromium sales outside North America (where it competes with 
producers in lower cost places such as Kazakhstan, Turkey, India and 
China), sales to coatings customers outside the US by Specialty Products, 
and the competitiveness of Specialty Products’ sales in Brazil.  
The major impacts from these risks are described in the business 
performance commentaries.

The Group hedges certain non-US dollar currencies, mainly euro and 
pounds sterling, to mitigate the impact of currency movement on 
earnings. The Chromium business model continues to be to optimise 
manufacturing and product mix to supply markets where we can compete 
most effectively, in order to mitigate changing market dynamics. In order 
to diversify the Specialty Products business portfolio, where its traditional 
strength is in industrial coatings, a major focus of our innovation 
programme has been to target new product sales into the decorative 
coatings market from our New Martinsville base which has been 
expanded in recent years. In Taiwan, a new castor wax milling facility 
was commissioned earlier in the year to shorten supply chains, enhance 
margins and protect earnings. An investment is also being made in our 
Songjiang facility in Shanghai to expand the range of defoamer products 
produced there. This project will be completed during 2016 and will 
support our growth plans in Asia. Most of these initiatives are about 
new growth opportunities as being the best way to mitigate the effects 
of a weaker global economy or poorer trading conditions. 

Other mitigation actions taken during the year include cost management 
initiatives, such as a freeze on all non-essential items of expenditure and 
the implementation of a reduction-in-force exercise.

The business has continued to work on improving its supply chain 
resilience by developing alternative sources of supply for key raw 
materials, such as bentonite clay in Specialty Products and soda ash 
in Chromium. Improvements were also made to logistics by moving  
to a new European warehouse. The result of all this work is a greater 
confidence in our supply chain resilience despite greater uncertainty 
globally, hence the risk trend has remained unchanged from the 
previous year.

A key achievement in 2015 was that the businesses, working with our 
legal team, successfully implemented a programme in respect of agents 
signing up to terms agreeing to comply with our anti-bribery and 
corruption policy. The Group continues to provide training and briefings 
to the management team and employees in this important aspect of 
our business.

Regulation to restrict the use or transport of certain hazardous chemicals 
is an inherent risk in our business. The global product stewardship team 
closely monitors threats to the business, while ensuring that we operate 
in full compliance with the regulations in the jurisdictions in which we 
operate. 

High standards in our safety and environmental performance remain a key 
priority and this area has again received a lot of attention in 2015, as part 
of our programme of continuous improvement. Examples of work 
undertaken include upgrading and extending fire protection systems in 
a number of our Asia facilities, expanding our corporate process hazard 
analysis programme, an industrial hygiene survey and implementing 
structural changes to the operations/HSE organisation within Specialty 
Products.

16

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
Cyber security was again very topical in 2015. Elementis recognises the 
threat of cyber risk and how it can disrupt business operations. Our Chief 
Information Officer worked with Aon to carry out a scenario analysis to 
quantify the potential financial impact. The role and performance of the  
IT function is monitored by an IT Steering Committee chaired by the CEO 
and investments were made to strengthen network security and combat 
the risk of a cyber-related incident. 

Succession planning is disclosed as a major risk this year in recognition 
that a change of CEO inevitably involves transition, review and change 
to how the business is managed. A new Chief Human Resources Officer, 
who joined in the second half of the year, has also accelerated work on 
reviewing management succession issues and planning for how these 
will be addressed. 

Business viability assessment
The Board’s going concern and business viability statements are set out 
in the Directors’ report on page 52. 

The basis of the assessment includes a detailed review of strategic and 
operating plans, underpinned by one and three year financial forecasts 
including profit and loss and cash flows. Consideration is therefore given 
to capital expenditures, investment plans, returns to shareholders and 
other financial commitments, as well as to the Company’s debt bearing 
capacity, its financial resources, borrowings and the availability of finance. 
A key part of any review of business plans and financial forecasts is a 
robust assessment of the inherent risks and opportunities. 

The Board’s programme of monitoring those major risks disclosed on 
page 18 (for severity of financial, operational and reputational impact, 
likelihood and mitigation controls) is therefore a critical component of the 
business viability assessment. Business and segment growth scenarios, 
rate of return on investments, assumptions on global GDP growth rates, 
relevant currency rates and commodity prices in business plans and 
financial forecasts are all considered, with stress testing on financial 
models where appropriate. Finally, a review of litigation and tax reports, 
legal and compliance risks throughout the year and at a formal year end 
risk review ensures that the viability statement is made with an appropriate 
degree of confidence.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

17

 
FINANCE REPORT
CONTINUED

Risk management report (continued)

Table of principal risks and uncertainties

Risk 

Impact 

Mitigation

1.    Global economic 
conditions and 
competitive pressure 
in the marketplace 
(including from currency 
movement).

Risk trend over the year 

 ▶ Sub-optimal global 

 ▶ Specialty Products is well positioned against a deterioration 

economic conditions can  
affect sales, capacity 
utilisation and cash 
generation, as well as 
increase competitive 
pressure in the marketplace, 
impacting profitability and 
operating margins. 

 ▶ The resultant non-delivery 
of operating plans can lead 
to market expectations of 
Group earnings not being 
met.

in economic conditions due to its balanced geographic footprint, 
broad differentiated product offering and the broad application 
of its technology across different sectors.

 ▶ Chromium business model is flexible and can be adapted to 

respond to variances in regional demand patterns.

 ▶ Financial performance (including monthly sales, profit and cash 
flows) is closely monitored with full year forecasts updated three 
times a year and variances explained and investigated.

 ▶ Contingency and cost reduction plans can be implemented in 
the event of an economic downturn to reduce operating costs, 
including freezing salaries and non-essential capital 
expenditure items.

2.    Growth opportunities 

(including acquisitions) 
and product innovation 
may not materialise. 

 ▶ Lack of growth opportunities 
can lead to sub-optimal 
financial performance and 
loss of shareholder value.

3.    Business interruption 

 ▶ Disruption to supply chain 

caused by supply chain 
failure of key raw 
materials.  

(e.g. third party, 
infrastructure, transport or  
IT failure), all of which can 
impact capacity utilisation 
and add to operating costs.

 ▶ Organic and acquisitive growth is a priority for the Board and 

a key area of focus for the management team.

 ▶ Experienced Board and management team, robust due 

diligence processes and support from professional advisers.

 ▶ Capacity expansion programmes are kept under review to 
ensure the business can supply to high growth markets.
 ▶ Regular Board reports on new product pipeline and progress 

on R&D projects.

 ▶ Raw materials are sourced from a broad and diverse supplier base.
 ▶ Strategic holding of key raw materials.
 ▶ Transport and carrier mitigation plans and insurance in place.

4.     Major regulatory 

 ▶ Can lead to higher operating 

 ▶ Active compliance and risk management programmes in place 

enforcement action, 
litigation and/or other 
claims arising from 
products and/or historical 
and ongoing operations. 

5.    Increased regulation/ 

technology 
obsolescence. 

costs and reputational 
damage.

(including policies, procedures and training).

 ▶ Insurance programme and risk transfer strategy in place to mitigate 

financial losses.

 ▶ Experienced General Counsel supported by in-house and external 

legal teams.

 ▶ Regular reviews of litigation and compliance reports by the Board 
and role of the Audit Committee, as well as the internal audit 
programme, help ensure these key risks are managed effectively.

 ▶ New regulations restricting 
the use or carriage of 
chemicals can lead to loss of 
applications and sales and/or 
add to operating costs.

 ▶ New technology, methods of 
production or processes can 
give competitors a market 
advantage.

 ▶ Active REACh programme in which the businesses participate 

in industry consortia, providing data and information to regulators 
and experts, to support safety reviews of our products in a broad 
range of applications.

 ▶ Strong Global Product Stewardship team in place to support the 

businesses.

 ▶ R&D team aims to develop new products and technologies for 
use in an evolving market to meet the changing needs of our 
sophisticated customers and in response to regulatory changes.

18

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk 

Impact 

Mitigation

6.    Business interruption 

caused by a major event 
or natural catastrophe 
(e.g. operations/HSE, IT or 
transport incident caused 
by process/system failure 
or human error, or by fire, 
storm and/or flood). 

7.    Cyber security incident. 

 ▶ Such incidents can disrupt 
our operations, impact 
capacity utilisation and add 
to operating costs, as well 
as damage reputation.

 ▶ Good housekeeping, preventative maintenance, process and other 
safety procedures help to mitigate the effects of a major incident.

 ▶ Reliance on hectorite mine and flood risk mitigated by the 

installation of drainage pumps at the mine in 2011.

 ▶ Insurance programme and business continuity plans that are tested 

periodically help to mitigate the effects of a major incident.
 ▶ HSE management programme in place that includes corporate 

compliance audits involving third party specialists, where 
appropriate, and insurance property surveys.

 ▶ Systems security breach and 
loss of network connectivity 
and integrity can disrupt key 
operations and add to 
operating costs.
 ▶ Loss of business and 

personal data can disrupt 
key operations and add 
to operating costs.

 ▶ Experienced Chief Information Officer supported by in-house 
and external consulting teams, with oversight from IT Steering 
Committee chaired by the CEO. 

 ▶ Security controls that include: policies and procedures; staff 

awareness and training; risk management and compliance; systems 
and information management and protection; process 
management; and continuous assessments and monitoring. 
 ▶ Use of regional back-up data centres in third party locations, 

cloud-based systems with secure entry-point and administration 
controls, encryption technology and multiple authentication 
systems, and website-blocking and next generation firewalls with 
intrusion detection capability. 

 ▶ Business continuity planning for IT incidents includes practicing 
high availability failover systems on critical business applications. 
In the event of an emergency, response plans exist that aim to 
restore network connectivity, recover lost data and return 
operations to their normal pre-incident level.

 ▶ The Specialty Products oilfield business benefits from diversification 
as it supplies products to multiple segments that operate under 
different economic drivers: cold climate, deep water, high 
temperature/high pressure drilling and shale oil and gas drilling.
 ▶ The oilfield business is the only Group segment that is more directly 

exposed to oil price volatility and its proprietary technology, 
customer relationships and technical support service are key 
differentiation factors that help to maintain our customer base.

8.    Energy sector volatility 

 ▶ Geopolitics, government 

resulting from geopolitical 
dynamics. 

policy or interstate conflicts 
can impact oil prices and 
drilling activity in the oil and 
gas sector, which can reduce 
our sales in this business 
segment and/or lead to 
increased operating costs.

9.   Succession planning. 

 ▶ Failure to attract or retain key 
talent can disrupt growth 
plans and/or critical business 
functions.

 ▶ Experienced Chief HR Officer supported by in-house and external 

consulting teams.

 ▶ Management and critical business leader succession planning 
is a key area of focus for the Board and management team and 
is kept under review.

Key: Risk trends

 Severity 

 Likelihood

 Risk increased 

 Risk decreased 

 Risk stable 

These principal risks and uncertainties should be read in conjunction with the note on contingent liabilities on page 89.

Brian Taylorson
Finance Director
1 March 2016

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY REPORT

Introduction
The Board and management team continue 
to give their attention to this important aspect 
of our business. The Board sets the tone for our 
overall approach to and culture on corporate 
responsibility (“CR”) matters, and exercises 
oversight in this area, whilst the CEO and 
management team are responsible for setting 
day to day policies and keeping our 
performance under review.

To help our employees meet the standards that are expected of them, 
the Board has adopted the Elementis Code of Business Conduct and 
Ethics (the “Code of Conduct”) and a compliance programme that are 
underpinned by training, policies, processes and guidelines covering a 
wide range of compliance matters, such as  anti-bribery and corruption, 
conflicts of interest, fair business practices and compliance with local laws 
and regulations. Our compliance programme includes comprehensive 
whistle-blowing procedures, supported by an anti-retaliation policy. 
All new employees are required to undertake training on the Code 
of Conduct and refresher training is given to all employees periodically. 
The Board and management team consider the Code of Conduct to 
be critical to the Group’s continuing success and in how it meets its 
corporate responsibilities. 

Our training programme on the Code of Conduct is translated into 
six languages and supported with interactive online training to help 
employees stay up to date with their responsibilities. The following 
compliance training courses were run in 2015: responsible social media 
use, records retention, careful communications, EU competition law, 
anti-trust essentials, preventing harassment and discrimination, business 
identity theft and valuing diversity in the workplace. 

Diversity
Elementis continues to be fully committed to equality of opportunity. 
Our policy of non-discrimination applies throughout the Group and to 
all aspects of our employment practices. A summary of our employment 
policies appears on page 52 of the Directors’ report. Our total workforce 
(including contractors and temporary workers) numbers in excess of 
1,400. In terms of gender diversity, out of our total workforce (excluding 
contractors and temporary workers) as at the year end, 974 were male 
(76 per cent) and 305 were female (24 per cent). Of these female 
employees, 44 (14 per cent) held managerial positions and 31 (10 per cent) 
held an executive management position (within the four tiers below Board 
level). At Board level six directors were male and one was female and at 
senior manager level (as defined under the prescribed regulations) 20 
were male and 1 female. The Group does not consider targets or quotas 
to be appropriate for increasing the percentage of women in management 
positions, although it recognises the benefit of having women represented 
in all layers of management. Staff turnover across the Group  for 2015  was 
5.4 per cent (2014: 7.0 per cent).

Human rights
Elementis agrees with and supports the statements in the Universal 
Declaration of Human Rights, as well as the International Labour 
Organization’s Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, 
the latter being freedom of association and the effective recognition of 
the right to collective bargaining, the elimination of forced or compulsory 
labour, the abolition of child labour and the elimination of discrimination 
in respect of employment and occupation. Elementis also supports the 
principles of the UN Global Compact which includes those on 
fundamental human rights. These are applied in our employment policies 
as well as to our business practices in relation to contractors, customers 
and suppliers, such as the right to privacy, safety and to be treated fairly, 
with dignity and respect. Our employment and business practices are 
supported by Group policies on, for example, risk management, 
communication, training and compliance monitoring, as well as our 
anti-harassment policy, grievance procedures and Code of Conduct. 
Elementis prohibits the use of child and forced labour and is committed 
to the principles of freedom of association, equality of treatment and 
non-discrimination. Over 40 per cent of our employees are union 
members and just under 30 per cent are subject to collective 
bargaining agreements. 

The Company has been a member of the FTSE4Good index, a leading 
global responsible investment index, since September 2009. Our 
membership demonstrates the Company’s commitment to CR and  
that its activities and aspirations are aligned with the principles of the  
UN Global Compact on human rights, labour, environment and  
anti-corruption. The principal features of our CR framework and our 
performance in these areas are set out in the rest of this report.

During 2015, Elementis continued to participate in various sustainability 
programmes as shown by the logos above. These include the Carbon 
Disclosure Project climate change (“CDP”) programme, EcoVadis 
sustainable supply management accreditation programme, Roundtable 
on Sustainable Palm Oil (“RSPO”) and Repasack. Based on the 
standardised scoring methodology, we achieved a disclosure score 
of 90 and a performance band of B in the CDP programme, which 
compares against 84 and C for the average score and band of companies 
participating in the programme and qualifying for a performance band. 
The disclosure score measures the level of transparency in our responses 
and information shared and the performance band measures how 
effectively we are addressing climate risk. Our involvement in CDP 
and the other initiatives listed demonstrates a commitment to recognised 
sustainable business practices that benefit the environment, improves 
our performance and helps to reduce the impact of our activities on 
the environment. 

Business conduct and ethics
People
Our employees remain our most valuable asset and it is their dedication 
and hard work that drives the success of our Group at all levels, from 
innovation and technology leadership to business performance and 
customer service. Although our workforce is spread across three regions 
(43 per cent in the Americas, 26 per cent in Europe and 31 per cent in 
Asia), Elementis globally has one set of corporate values with which all 
our employees can identify and these are to be innovative, successful, 
responsible and leaders in the sectors in which we operate. To foster 
our performance and success culture, the management and business 
leadership teams lead by example and we have policies and guidance 
that encourage and support positive behaviours. 

20

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Customers, suppliers, supply chain and quality
We have continued in 2015 to develop and nurture our relationship 
with customers through our key account business process and by 
participating in trade shows and industry forums, as well as conducting 
workshops, training seminars and hosting collaborative laboratory 
sessions to work with customers on a one on one basis. We continue 
to be responsive to questions from our customers on social responsibility 
and environmental awareness programmes and have successfully 
completed a number of surveys and informal audits. 

The number of recordable incidents across the Group in 2015 reduced 
to ten (2014: 12). Of those recordable incidents only two required days 
away from work greater than three days (2014: two). Of particular note 
is our hectorite clay mine in Southern California which now has an 
outstanding record of 24 years without an LTA. Our facility in Corpus 
Christi has also achieved the distinction of reaching 12 years without 
a recordable incident, and the Amarillo, Changxing, Dakota City, Jersey 
City and Milwaukee plants have all exceeded three years without a 
recordable incident.

In 2015 we launched an online supplier survey to increase supplier 
awareness and compliance with respect to anti-corruption and social 
and environmental responsibility matters. We updated our Purchasing 
Code of Practice to incorporate additional requirements to ensure 
compliance with the Modern Slavery Act 2015. Our programme includes 
communicating our requirements to suppliers, carrying out risk based 
supplier risk assessments and supplier audits, and training. 

We continue to buy only RSPO certified quaternary amines for all of our 
Personal care business requirements and have also increased our use 
of natural products in 2015 to $18.2 million (2014: $17.7 million).

Our commitment to quality remains unrelenting and an example of our 
efforts is that the Specialty Products facility in Milwaukee, which was 
part of the Hi-Mar acquisition in February 2013, achieved ISO 9001 
certification last year. This takes the number of global facilities with this 
distinction in the Specialty Products operating portfolio to 11, or 85 per 
cent, spanning the US, Europe and Asia. Another example of our 
commitment to quality is the use of Statistical Quality Control tools to 
support continual quality improvement and increase operating 
efficiencies, with the added benefit of helping cost management initiatives.

Health, safety and environment
The Board and management team continue to place the health and safety 
of employees, contractors and visitors, as well as the preservation of the 
environment, among the Group’s key priorities. Elementis recognises a 
shared responsibility globally for conserving natural resources, minimising 
the impact of our operating activities on biodiversity, wherever practicable, 
and reducing greenhouse gas emissions. 

The Group’s health, safety and environmental (“HSE”) management 
programmes conform to international standards and include documented 
policy and procedures, internal and external auditing, risk assessments, 
management systems, personnel training, incident investigation, 
management of change, emergency planning and risk mitigation. 
The effectiveness of these programmes, as well as overall performance, 
is continually evaluated through management reviews to ensure they 
are  effective and current with regulatory requirements and industry 
best practices. 

Health and safety performance
One of our main objectives in this area of focus is to eliminate accidents 
and injuries within the workplace by taking all reasonably practicable 
steps towards achieving this goal. These steps include sustaining a strong 
focus on and commitment to: improving the work environment, using 
industry best standards, establishing and communicating safety policies 
and procedures, training, coaching safe behaviours and developing a 
culture where safety is the first priority and not compromised by 
operational pressures.

The Group uses recordable incidents as its principal measure of safety 
performance. Recordable incidents (as defined by the US Occupational 
Safety & Health Administration) are basically work related injuries and 
illnesses that require medical treatment beyond first aid, work restrictions 
to normal duties or time away from work. To monitor performance and 
trends among more serious injuries and illnesses, the Group also records 
lost time accidents (“LTAs”) that require greater than three days away 
from work not including the day of incident.

As well as the total number of recordable incidents, the Group uses the 
total recordable incident rate (“TRIR”) as a performance indicator. The 
TRIR in 2015 was 0.77 per 200,000 hours worked (2014: 0.92). Within the 
chemical industry, this sustained performance of Elementis is comparable 
to companies that are generally viewed as having ‘industry best’ safety 
performance (based on data for the American Chemistry Council — 
Responsible Care® members, who achieved 0.82 in 2014, the latest data 
available), and is significantly better than the general chemical industry in 
the US (2.3 in 2014 based on the latest data available from the US Bureau 
of Labor Statistics).

Recordable incident rate

Recordable incidents per 200,000 hours worked
3

2

1

0

Key

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Elementis
American Chemistry Council – Responsible Care®
US chemical industry

Elementis applies the same high safety standards to onsite contractors. 
All contractors are required to comply with the same safety practices and 
procedures expected of employees. As a result, Elementis is confident that 
contractors experience a similar high level of safety as its own employees.

In 2015, contractors suffered two recordable injuries (2014: one) across all 
manufacturing locations, which equated to an incident rate of 0.91 per 
200,000 hours worked (2014: 0.49).

Health and safety initiatives
During 2015, our health and safety leadership team continued to focus 
on both occupational health and safety and process safety improvements. 
Industry recognised process safety programmes include process hazard 
analyses (PHAs) on installations handling highly hazardous chemicals 
and Pre-Startup Safety Reviews (PSSRs) before commissioning key 
equipment. Mechanical integrity inspections are conducted as a 
predictive and preventative exercise to reduce the likelihood of incidents.

As in previous years, there are corporate and site specific objectives 
established with the management of each manufacturing location. Corporate 
objectives address general opportunities to improve performance, based for 
example on industry best practice, or learning from incidents across the 
Group. Site specific objectives reflect the particular needs at each location,  
as well as to align practices with corporate objectives.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

21

 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY REPORT
CONTINUED

Health, safety and environment (continued)
A formal procedure for incident reporting and investigation continues 
to be a key management tool used for recognising unsafe conditions 
and behaviours and for communicating globally any investigative findings 
and corrective actions. An example of a corrective action is the 
introduction in a number of our manufacturing sites of a short session 
of stretching exercises at the start of work each day to help reduce the 
possibility of back and muscle strains. This initiative is being rolled out 
across the Group in 2016. 

In 2015, renewed emphasis was placed on increasing near miss reporting 
as a warning of the potential for more serious incidents in slightly different 
circumstances. In addition, site leadership communicates current safety 
concerns and reinforces commitment to safety by a variety of means such 
as issuing safety alert bulletins based on learning from incidents, safety 
stand-downs where time out is taken to discuss safety with management, 
and ‘tool box’ talks led by supervisors to raise awareness on specific 
topical issues.

Environmental impact 
The Group’s activities are closely regulated by robust environmental 
permits, which Elementis complies with rigorously. 

Elementis records and categorises environmental incidents into tiers 
based on the severity or actions taken by regulatory authorities. Tier 3 
incidents are those that have an impact on the environment and require 
reporting to an external authority and where enforcement action is likely. 
Tier 2 incidents have a minor impact and require notification but are likely 
to result in minimal or no action by the authorities. Tier 1 incidents require 
no external reporting and are recorded internally and investigated so that 
continual improvements can be made to reduce the likelihood of future 
Tier 2 and Tier 3 incidents. 

In 2015, Elementis had no Tier 3 or Tier 2 incidents (2014: one Tier 3; zero 
Tier 2).

Biodiversity 
Our policy is that biodiversity should be protected insofar as it is 
reasonably practicable to achieve, by reducing or avoiding the impact on 
and potential for damage to sensitive species, habitats and ecosystems. 
Our policy is supported by biodiversity surveys of all 18 global facilities 
by managers at the plants, which help to frame our actions. These plans 
are based on site level impact assessments. For example, if a facility 
is located in an industrial zone, then there may be limited impact on 
biodiversity. Other factors considered might include an assessment of 
the local environment for natural features or habitats. Of our 18 facilities, 
seven are based in industrial areas, seven in areas classed as rural, three 
classed urban and one a desert. Of the seven rural locations, these tend 
to be on or near woodlands, grasslands or farmlands. Local plans for 
reducing or avoiding impact on biodiversity are therefore based on factors 
specific and appropriate to each site. 

Biodiversity, the variety and variability of life, is protected, and in some 
cases can be enhanced, in a variety of ways. A major contribution is 
achieved through effective design, operation and monitoring of 
environmental control systems. Biodiversity benefits generally from 
reduced emissions to air, discharges to water and solid waste disposal. 
However, some specific actions and controls are targeted at achieving 
particular objectives. Examples of our efforts and specific action plans 
implemented include the following:

 ▶ Seedlings for native species trees (more than one hectare) have been 

planted at the Specialty Products site at Palmital in Brazil. 

 ▶ Action has been taken to preserve and protect the habitat of desert 

tortoises, which are a protected species, from activities at the 
Specialty Products hectorite clay mine in the Mojave Desert in 
California. These include erecting a tortoise fence and barriers and 
working with a certified biologist to remove tortoises that make their 
way beyond the barrier and return them to their own habitat.

22

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 ▶ Monitoring and compliance with environmental permits and good 

environmental practice ensures that permitted discharges from the 
Specialty Products Charleston facility in West Virginia do not affect 
freshwater mussels in the Kanawha River, another protected species. 
 ▶ Our Chromium business has maintained relatively large fenced areas 

of undeveloped land (130 hectares) adjacent to its main manufacturing 
site in Castle Hayne, North Carolina, which will remain forested to 
provide a haven for wildlife to inhabit. 

 ▶ At two sites, Milwaukee, Wisconsin (Chromium), and Anji, China 

(Specialty Products), retaining walls have been constructed to prevent 
silt and residual clay from being washed into the adjacent rivers.
 ▶ The Specialty Products facility in Livingston, Scotland, which is the 

primary manufacturing site for our Personal care business, achieved 
(in 2014) the rigorous standards required to be certified under RSPO 
for its organoclay range of products, which it plans to extend to its gel 
product range in 2016. The site is a member of RSPO and also 
achieved Good Manufacturing Practice (2012) certification in 2014 from 
the European Federation for Cosmetics Ingredients, demonstrating 
our commitment to quality, safety, sustainability and innovation for the 
personal care industry.

Environmental performance
Elementis monitors key environmental statistics for each manufacturing 
facility. Energy and water consumption, air emissions, effluent discharges 
and solid waste disposal will all vary according to production output – 
which is a function of demand – as well as changes in fuel and production 
processes. However, they are also affected by changes in product mix 
and plant efficiencies related to operational requirements, and special 
events (planned and unplanned).

As is standard practice in the chemical industry, emission values may 
be calculated from energy use or based on representative sampling, 
as well as continuous monitoring.

Elementis continues to work proactively to improve environmental 
performance. For example in 2015 a new, high efficiency regenerative 
thermal oxidiser was installed at the Jersey City plant. Improvements 
to the amine unloading area at the St Louis plant have reduced the 
environmental risk of spillage and improves operational safety.

Energy consumption
Elementis consumes energy from several sources (electricity, steam, 
natural gas, LPG, coal, biomass and oil) at manufacturing sites, principal 
offices and laboratories. For comparison purposes, energy consumption 
is converted into consistent energy units, Gigajoules (“GJ”). Energy 
consumption is shown in the table below.

Energy consumption

2015

2014

2013

Absolute
(000s)
4,864 

Per 
tonne of 
production
12.7

Absolute
(000s)
5,046

Per 
tonne of 
production
12.1

Absolute
(000s)
5,102

Per 
tonne of 
production
13.0

Energy 
consumed 
(GJ)

For reference: one GJ = 277.7778 kWh

Energy consumption reduced in 2015 mainly as a function of production. 
In addition Elementis seeks wherever practicable to improve its energy 
efficiency in the plant and equipment used. This is illustrated in the 
examples of energy saving initiatives described on the next page.

ESOSR
Elementis falls within the scope of the UK Energy Savings Opportunity 
Scheme Regulations 2014 (“ESOSR”) because the UK turnover and 
balance sheet exceed the qualification threshold. Previous work by 
Elementis to improve energy efficiency meant that much of the evidence 
for compliance with ESOSR was already in place. Nevertheless, as 
required, Elementis undertook the necessary audit of energy consumption 
with third party assistance and identified energy saving opportunities. A 
registered lead assessor verified the ESOSR assessment and notification 
of compliance with ESOSR was made to the Environment Agency by the 
due date. 

Examples of 2015 energy initiatives that have improved  
energy efficiency
The Delden facility in the Netherlands was in the third year of a four year 
energy efficiency initiative. Replacing the nitrogen compressor unit and 
the planned investment in the boiler plant room will bring substantial 
energy savings projected to be over 10,000 GJ per year. 

The Chromium facility in Castle Hayne, NC, has reduced energy 
consumption by installing lower energy, longer life LED (light emitting 
diode) lighting in place of the older types of lighting.

Greenhouse gas emissions
Elementis reports greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions for its global 
operations as Scope 1 and Scope 2 according to the requirements of 
The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013. The Elementis GHG emissions reporting process was 
audited by our internal auditors, PwC, in 2015. The internal audit report 
found the procedures to be appropriate and the data collection and 
conversion process to be robust and supportable.

The principal GHG due to operations at Elementis locations is carbon 
dioxide from energy use. GHG emissions are calculated from energy 
purchased. Energy units are converted into carbon dioxide equivalent 
(“CO2”) using official data provided by the UK Department for 
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (“Defra”). There are also GHG 
emissions from chemical reactions in production processes and carbon 
dioxide used for process cooling. Commencing in 2015 the report now 
includes an estimate of GHG emissions from onsite wastewater treatment 
plants at Elementis facilities. GHG emissions are reported for all 18 
manufacturing sites, the principal offices and laboratories, as well as a site 
undergoing closure procedures in Eaglescliffe, UK. A number of much 
smaller sales offices have been excluded because the level of CO2e 
emissions was deemed not to make a material contribution to the total. 

Operators at the Specialty Products hectorite mine were able to improve 
fuel consumption on their equipment through better utilisation of larger 
capacity mine equipment.

Elementis is providing two intensity ratios: tonnes CO2e per tonne of 
production and tonnes CO2e per kWh of energy consumed. 

The building optimisation project at SciPark in East Windsor, NJ, which 
comprises a technical centre and management headquarters, is achieving 
11 per cent savings on gas consumption and 10 per cent on electricity 
consumption.

Over a period of years both of these indicators should give an indication 
of energy efficiency improvements including cleaner fuels consumed. 

Note that the intensity ratios are subject to variations due to changes 
in the mix of products manufactured, volumes and energy efficiency 
improvements.

Global initiatives elsewhere include conversion to LED lighting, installing 
variable speed drives on large electric motors, and improved operating 
practices to minimise the time equipment is idle. 

GHG emissions are shown below.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions

Scope 1:
Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities (tonnes CO2e)
Scope 2:
Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use (tonnes CO2e)
Total
Scope 1 and 2 (tonnes CO2e)
Intensity ratio:
Tonnes CO2e/tonne production
Supplementary intensity ratio:
Kg CO2e/kWh energy consumed
Out of Scope:
Biofuel tonnes CO2e

Note: CO2e values were derived using DEFRA published factors 

In this third year of GHG emissions reporting, the table shows that the 
total Scope 1 and 2 CO2e emissions in 2015 decreased by 7 per cent 
compared to the base year and 5 per cent compared to 2014. In part 
the total is affected by changes in production volumes and product mix. 
However, a significant change in 2015 was in China. During the year the 
organoclay sites in China at Changxing and Anji switched from using coal 
to biomass, comprised of renewable organic material (bamboo and wood 
pellets), as an energy source. Following guidance from DEFRA, CO2 
emissions from biofuel use are excluded from the Scope 1 total to balance 
the CO2 absorbed by fast growing bioenergy sources during their growth. 
However a CO2e allowance is included in the Scope 1 total to account for 
the small amount of methane and nitrous oxide GHG emissions, which 
are not absorbed during growth. 

Current reporting 
period (2015)

Prior year for 
comparison (2014)

Base year for 
comparison (2013)

208,610

78,750

221,420

82,265

287,360

303,685

0.75

0.26

3,408

0.73

0.27

0

221,076

89,500

310,576

0.77

0.27

0

During 2015, as in 2014, the Livingston facility in Scotland purchased 
electricity from 100 per cent renewable sources and therefore did not 
contribute to Scope 2 emissions. 

Elsewhere the Group continues to use cleaner energy sources such as 
natural gas, which represented almost 95 per cent of energy required for 
combustion (with coal 2.6 per cent in 2015 and now no longer in use).

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

23

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY REPORT
CONTINUED

Health, safety and environment (continued)
Other emissions to air
Emissions of the oxides of sulphur and nitrogen and volatile organic 
compounds (“VOCs”) arising from the Group’s operations are controlled 
to comply with regulatory permits. As the volumes are not considered to 
be significant, they are not reported separately here but will be available 
on the Elementis corporate website. Any emission to air above regulatory 
permitted levels would normally be reported as an environmental incident.

Discharges to water
The Group’s production activity generates process effluent that is 
routinely tested to ensure that the quality meets strict permit limits prior 
to discharge. Typical analysis includes chemical and biological oxygen 
demand and total suspended solids. The volumes of these discharges 
are not considered to be significant and are not reported here but will 
be available on our corporate website. However, any discharge to 
water above regulatory permitted levels would normally be reported 
as an environmental incident.

Water consumption
Water is a valuable resource and the Company recognises the global 
need to conserve it. Water consumption is minimised where possible 
by treatment and recycling. 

Water consumption is related to production output, product mix, plant 
utilisation and cleaning activities. The net result in 2015 was a 2 per cent 
reduction.

Water consumption

2015

2014

2013

Absolute
(000s)

Per 
tonne of 
production

Absolute
(000s)

Per 
tonne of 
production

Absolute
(000s)

Per 
tonne of 
production

Water 
consumed 
(m3)

1,778 

6.93

1,811

7.08

1,908

7.48

Solid and liquid waste
As part of the Group’s commitment to sustainable development, 
Elementis seeks to reduce the quantity of all types of waste. The first 
concern is to reduce the amount of waste that is classed as hazardous. 
Beyond that non-hazardous waste is minimised and recycled. Non-
hazardous waste is predominantly the inert residue from the chromate kiln 
operations, which is deposited in permitted impoundments and licenced 
landfill sites adjacent to the manufacturing facilities.

Hazardous waste increased slightly while non-hazardous waste reduced 
slightly in 2015. The solid waste arising in 2015 is considered to be within 
the normal variability of operations. 

Waste disposal

2015

2014

2013

Per 
1,000 
tonnes of 
production

Per 
1,000 
tonnes of 
production

Per 
1,000 
tonnes of 
production

Absolute
(000s)

Absolute
(000s)

Absolute
(000s)

Hazardous 
waste 
disposed 
(tonnes)

Non-
hazardous 
waste 
disposed 
(tonnes)

0.94

3.68

0.79

3.09

0.93

3.64

100

391

104

405

105

410

R&D and sustainability
Our global R&D efforts continue to maintain focus on activity that 
supports and contributes to a more sustainable future. Examples of these 
include the following: 

 ▶ Greenhouse gas mitigation through programmes aimed at VOC 
(volatile organic compound) reduction, as well as the conversion 
of solvent-borne to water-borne coatings.

 ▶ Reducing the energy demand in the manufacture of coatings.
 ▶ Expanded use of bio-based materials in our products.

Examples of some of our more significant new product developments in 
the past year that help demonstrate how our R&D efforts contribute to 
greater sustainability include the following:

 ▶ Rheology control additives for sealants and for marine and protective 
coatings that facilitate the manufacture of these coatings at lower 
temperatures, resulting in energy savings and increased productivity.

 ▶ New generation of wetting agents that accelerate the transition to 
water-borne coatings through enabling surface tension reduction 
of low energy substrates, without the negatives of, for example, foam 
generation.

 ▶ Technology that allows for the faster and safer removal of nail 

polish gels.

24

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Product stewardship 
Elementis is passionate that our products are safe for their intended use 
to people and the environment throughout the product’s life cycle and 
that our products help move all towards a more sustainable future.

Community
Our community programme remains centred on encouraging and 
supporting employees to be active in their communities through volunteer 
work or fundraising. The Group understands the need to work with local 
communities and be a responsible neighbour.

Approval of Strategic report
The Strategic report comprises the following sections: Chairman’s 
statement, Our objectives, strategies and business model, Our 
businesses, Finance report (incorporating Key performance indicators 
and the Risk management report) and Corporate responsibility report 
(which incorporates information relating to greenhouse gas emissions 
required to be included in the Directors’ report). The Strategic report 
was approved by the Board and has been signed on its behalf by:

Brian Taylorson
Finance Director 
1 March 2016

The Group’s activities in 2015 resulted in the successful implementation 
of the OSHA GHS (Globally Harmonised System) hazard communications 
standard in the US ahead of schedule. In addition, GHS implementation 
in Brazil, Singapore, Malaysia and Thailand was also successfully 
completed. New multi-language labels were deployed worldwide to 
reduce shipping costs and to facilitate product transport across borders. 

The EU’s REACh regulation continued to dominate Group preparations 
for the major registration effort for 2018. Due to the enormous complexity 
of registering over 100 substances for the next REACh deadline in 2018, 
the Group worked with a major software developer to create a specific 
cloud based REACh registration tool, called Euphor, to track, manage 
and document the multitude of tasks and costs associated with each 
substance’s registration dossier. Euphor will allow for easy cross 
functional collaboration which provides greater coordination, transparency 
and costs tracking of the EU REACh programme, as well as subsequent 
programmes in other countries.

The Group continued to further enhance its compliance tools by utilising 
‘the Wercs’ software platform to automate SVT (Substance Volume 
Tracking) to reduce the time and manpower needed to comply with 
various REACh programmes in Europe and Asia, and other substance 
volume reporting programmes like the forthcoming 2016 CDR (Chemical 
Data Reporting) in the US.

The Group has also began the deployment of its enhanced export control 
management system to its business in Asia last year. Export control 
measures to perform ‘Denied Parties’ screenings and sanctions 
notifications were boosted to ensure stronger compliance with export 
restriction programmes in the US and EU.

Efforts towards sustainability initiatives continue to be an important 
component of our product stewardship programme. In 2014 the Group 
obtained its RSPO certification for its Livingston production facility and 
several important personal care products. Preparations have begun 
to expand RSPO certification to other sites and products in 2016. 
The Group continued its sustainable supply chain programme through 
EcoVadis and began a new assessment that will be completed in the 
first quarter of 2016.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

25

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Board of Directors as at 31 December 2015

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

Key
A – Audit Committee  
N – Nomination Committee 

R – Remuneration Committee
(c) – Chairman of Committee

Senior executives

08

09

10

11

12

13

26

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

01. Andrew Duff, Chairman (Age 56)
Committee membership: N(c)
Andrew Duff was appointed non-executive Chairman and Chairman of 
the Nomination Committee in April 2014. He has been non-executive 
chairman of Severn Trent plc, the FTSE 100 water and waste treatment 
services company, since July 2010 and was a non-executive director of 
Wolseley plc from 2004 to 2013, where he was also the senior 
independent director and chairman of the remuneration committee. 
From 2003 to 2009, he was CEO of npower, the successor entity to 
Innogy plc which in 2000 was demerged from National Power and then 
sold to RWE, the German electricity and gas company, where he was also 
a member of the group executive committee. Before that he spent 16 
years at BP in downstream international markets. He holds a BSc 
(Honours) degree in mechanical engineering and is a member of the CBI 
President’s Committee, trustee of Macmillan Cancer Support and Earth 
Trust and a Fellow of the Energy Institute.

2. David Dutro, Group Chief Executive (Age 60)
David Dutro was appointed Group Chief Executive in January 2007 
and retired from that role and the Board on 7 February 2016. He joined 
Elementis in November 1998 as President of Elementis Pigments then 
became President and Chief Operating Officer of Elementis Worldwide in 
October 2005. He was vice president and general manager of Universal 
Foods’ Dairy and Food Ingredient businesses (now Sensient Technologies 
Corp), and also spent time with ICI in their colours, polymer additives and 
surfactants businesses. David Dutro was born and educated in the US 
and holds a BSc degree in marketing.

3. Brian Taylorson, Finance Director (Age 60)
Brian Taylorson was appointed Finance Director in April 2002. He is also 
a trustee of the Elementis Group Pension Scheme. Before joining 
Elementis he was head of the European chemicals M&A group at KPMG 
Corporate Finance. He joined KPMG in 2000 from the Dow Chemical 
Company where he held a number of positions in finance over a period 
of 17 years, living and working in several countries including the UK, 
South Africa, Switzerland, Canada and the US. He holds an MA degree 
in engineering from Cambridge University, is a chartered accountant 
and a member of the Association of Corporate Treasurers. He was 
a non-executive director of Fiberweb plc from 2006 to 2012.

4. Andrew Christie, Non-executive director (Age 59)
Committee membership: A, N, R(c)
Andrew Christie was appointed a non-executive director in August 2008 
and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee in October 2013. He has 
over 30 years of investment banking and international corporate finance 
experience. He is a partner of Smith Square Partners LLP, a corporate 
finance advisory firm, and before that was, until March 2008, a UK 
managing director in the European Investment Banking Group at Credit 
Suisse. In his prior role at Credit Suisse, he was head of Investment 
Banking, Asia Pacific, based in Hong Kong and before that held the same 
position with Barclays de Zoete Wedd. He has been a non-executive 
director of Helios Underwriting plc since July 2013 and holds an MBA 
and a BSc degree in engineering. 

5. Steve Good, Non-executive director (Age 54)
Committee membership: A, N, R
Steve Good was appointed a non-executive director in October 2014. 
He has been a non-executive director of Cape plc since July 2015 (where 
he is chairman of the remuneration committee), Anglian Water Services 
Limited since April 2015, and chairman-designate of Zotefoams plc since 
November 2015, having been a non-executive director since October 
2014. He was CEO of Low & Bonar plc, the industrial textile manufacturing 
business, from 2009 to 2014. Prior to joining Low & Bonar he spent 
10 years with BTP plc (now part of Clariant) in a variety of leadership 
positions managing international speciality chemicals businesses. He has 
a BA degree in economics and finance and is a chartered accountant.

6. Anne Hyland, Non-executive director (Age 55)
Committee membership: A(c), N, R
Anne Hyland was appointed a non-executive director in June 2013 and 
Chairman of the Audit Committee in August 2013. She is CFO of Kymab 
Ltd, a biopharmaceutical company specialising in advanced therapeutic 
antibody discovery and development. Previous to that, she was CFO and 
company secretary of BBI Diagnostics Group Ltd and FTSE listed Vectura 
Group plc. Prior to her role at Vectura, she held a number of senior 
finance positions (including director of corporate finance) at then FTSE 
100 Celltech Group plc, Medeva plc and KPMG. She is a chartered 
accountant (FCA), a corporate tax adviser (CTA – AITI) and holds a degree 
in business studies from Trinity College, Dublin. She is also a trustee of 
the charity Sustrans (sustainable transport) which campaigns for national 
cycling networks. 

7. Nick Salmon, Senior Independent Director (Age 63)
Committee membership: A, N, R
Nick Salmon was appointed a non-executive director in October 2014 
and Senior Independent Director in December 2014. He has been 
non-executive chairman of South East Water Limited since April 2015 
and a non-executive director of Interserve plc since August 2014. He was 
a non-executive director of United Utilities Group plc from 2005 to 2014, 
where he also served as the senior independent director from 2007 to 
2014. He was CEO of Cookson Group plc, the international materials 
technology business, from 2004 to 2012 when it demerged to create 
two new listed companies. He was formerly executive vice-president of 
Alstom S.A. and CEO of Babcock International Group plc. He holds a BSc 
degree in mechanical engineering and is a Fellow of the Royal Academy 
of Engineering.

8. Greg McClatchy, President of Elementis Specialties 
(comprising Elementis Specialty Products and Elementis 
Surfactants)
Greg McClatchy was appointed President of Elementis Specialties in 
January 2007. He joined Elementis Pigments in 1999, served as managing 
director of its Durham UK operations, and was appointed President of 
Specialty Rubber in 2002 and President of Elementis Chromium in 2005. 
He was previously with Universal Foods (now Sensient Technologies 
Corp) and ICI’s polymer additives business. He completed his 
undergraduate studies in chemistry and economics at the University 
of Delaware.

9. Dennis Valentino, President of Elementis Chromium
Dennis Valentino joined Elementis as President of Elementis Chromium 
in April 2009. His previous positions at Elementis included managing 
director of Asia Pacific and President of Elementis Pigments until it was 
sold in August 2007. Prior to Elementis, he joined Pfizer Pigments in 1975 
and held various positions there including vice president of manufacturing 
and vice president of its North America Coatings business. He completed 
his undergraduate studies in chemical engineering at the University of 
Missouri – Rolla, and obtained his MBA from St. Louis University.

10. Walker Allen, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer
Walker Allen joined Elementis as General Counsel in 1999 and was also 
appointed Chief Compliance Officer in 2006. Prior to joining Elementis, 
he was associate general counsel with GE Americom (a GE Capital 
company) and before that senior business counsel with GE Plastics 
(a division of General Electric Company). He began his legal career as 
a lawyer in private practice with two leading New York City law firms, 
where he specialised in corporate law, securities and mergers and 
acquisitions. He is a member of the New York Bar and is admitted as 
in-house counsel in New Jersey.

11. Daniel Hughes, Chief Information Officer
Daniel Hughes was appointed Chief Information Officer in September 
2013. He has held various senior leadership roles in Elementis Specialties 
since February 2007. Primarily he has served as Vice President, Global 
Procurement and Supply Chain and been deeply engaged in our 
worldwide end to end business transactions. He also served as 
integration manager for the Deuchem, Yuhong, Fancor, Watercryl and 
Hi-Mar acquisitions. He holds a BA (Honours) degree from the University 
of East London and, prior to joining Elementis, held various senior 
procurement and supply chain positions at Engelhard Corporation 
and Ford Motor Company. 

12. Rob Sklans, Chief Human Resources Officer 
Rob Sklans joined Elementis as Chief Human Resources Officer in July 
2015. He has over 25 years of global human resource experience having 
worked for mid to large-sized corporations. Most recently, Rob held the 
position of vice president of human resources for North America at Royal 
DSM. He has held prior senior positions at Evonik Industries, Johnson 
& Johnson, Casio Inc. and L.A. Dreyfus Company. Rob actively serves 
the community and currently volunteers his time as the chief public 
information officer for the Middlesex County Office of Emergency 
Management in New Jersey. Rob holds an MA degree in organizational 
psychology from Columbia University and his BA degree from 
Connecticut College.

13. Wai Wong, Company Secretary
Wai Wong joined Elementis as Company Secretary in May 2007. 
He is also a trustee of the Elementis Group Pension Scheme and 
manages insurance, risk and corporate responsibility matters at Group 
level. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and 
Administrators (“ICSA”). Prior to joining Elementis, he held a number of 
senior company secretarial positions including at John Menzies plc, ICSA 
and PricewaterhouseCoopers. He has a BCom (Honours) degree in 
business studies and law from the University of Edinburgh and an LLM 
degree in corporate and commercial law from Queen Mary College, 
University of London.

Board addition in 2016

14

14. Paul Waterman, Group Chief Executive (Age 51)
Paul Waterman was appointed Group Chief Executive and joined the 
Board on 8 February 2016. Before joining Elementis he was global 
CEO of the BP lubricants business since July 2013 after having 
overseen the BP Australia/New Zealand downstream business and 
been country president of BP Australia since August 2010. Prior to that 
he was CEO of BP’s global aviation, industrial, marine & energy 
lubricants businesses (2009 to 2010) and CEO of BP Lubricants 
Americas (2007 to 2009). He joined BP after it acquired Burmah-
Castrol in 2000 having joined the latter in 1994 after roles at Reckitt 
Benckiser and Kraft Foods. Paul Waterman is an American national 
and has lived in Southern California, New Jersey, the UK and Australia. 
He holds a BSc degree in packaging engineering from Michigan State 
University and an MBA in finance and international business from New 
York University, Stern School of Business.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

27

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Chairman’s letter
2015 started with a visit by a number of non-executive directors (including 
recent joiners) to the Delden facility in the Netherlands. This was followed 
by a Board meeting held at our Livingston facility in March and then two 
more site visits to the Chromium facility in Castle Hayne and East Windsor 
in New Jersey in June. Suffice to say that one of the priorities has been 
to ensure newer members of the Board get as many opportunities as 
possible to see the business in operation, meet our people and get a 
proper sense of the culture within the organisation and the shared values 
that have underpinned the Group’s strong performance in recent years. 
These trips also enable interpersonal relationships within the Board to 
be strengthened which contribute greatly to Board dynamics and 
effectiveness. 

Earlier in the year Nick Salmon, the Senior Independent Director, and  
I undertook an investor roadshow to meet with a number of our major 
shareholders and shareholder representative bodies. It was reassuring 
to have it confirmed that so many of our shareholders are supportive 
of the Group’s strategy and the executive team. 

The Remuneration Committee presented a number of changes in our 
remuneration policy to shareholders at the 2015 AGM which were 
approved. The changes bring our variable remuneration structures and 
practices in line with best practice and are designed with the long term 
success of the Company in mind. I would like to express my own thanks 
(in addition to those of Andrew Christie our Remuneration Committee 
Chairman) to shareholders for your continuing support.

With a new looking Board comes the natural process of strategy review. 
That process started with a review of business and business segment 
strategies, our acquisition criteria and granular reviews of our business 
and strategic plans and major risks. The work on strategy is continuing 
but we anticipate good progress being made before the end of the year, 
led by our new CEO, Paul Waterman. The Board is cognisant of 
shareholders’ views and pleased that work has been completed to align 
remuneration policy with our ambitious plans for the Company.

As planned previously, the Audit Committee initiated an audit tender 
process in 2015 and the result is that the Board is recommending the 
appointment of Deloitte LLP as the Company’s next auditor, to 
shareholders at the forthcoming AGM. I would like to take this 
opportunity to thank KPMG LLP for their services to the Company 
over the past 12 years. 

Another aspect of the Board’s focus in 2015 was the application of the 
new Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) requirement to produce 
a statement on business viability. The Board received a number 
of briefings throughout the year to ensure it fully understood its 
responsibilities. The statement is set out in the Directors’ report 
with supporting commentary in the Risk management report.

My final comments concern the work of the Nomination Committee. 
As referred to in other parts of this Annual Report, the Board initiated 
a search process to identify and appoint a successor to David Dutro 
as CEO. This is more fully described in the Nomination Committee report. 
The appointment of a CEO is one of the most critical decisions any board 
has to make and has lasting and far reaching consequences. The process 
from start to finish was very structured and I was well supported by my 
executive and non-executive colleagues who had good experience and 
helpful insights to share. As I previously said I was delighted to secure 
the services of Paul Waterman as our new CEO.

The Board decided it would carry out an external effectiveness evaluation. 
It could have been explained that the timing for a three yearly review might 
be inappropriate, with the transition to a new CEO in progress, but we 
took a different view. The benefit from having a refreshed cohort of 
non-executives who had already combined well presented an ideal 
opportunity for the Board to take stock and reflect on its structure, 
operation and performance. The outcome is a useful lens for both 
the Board and its new CEO to look through when considering priorities 
and improvements. 

In summary, our focus has been on the Board, its composition, 
succession and performance; Group strategy, risks and opportunities; 
aligning remuneration policy and performance management with 
shareholder interests, and on audit and accountability. I anticipate that 
the Board’s productivity will be no less intensive in 2016. 

Statement of compliance
The Board is of the view that it has applied fully throughout 2015 all of 
the provisions of the Code (2014 version).

The sections that follow describe how the Board has applied the 
principles and provisions of the Code. 

Andrew Duff
Chairman
1 March 2016

28

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
Compliance with the Code
Board composition
As identified on pages 26 and 27, the Board comprises two executive 
directors (Chief Executive and Finance Director) and five non-executive 
directors (including the Chairman and Senior Independent Director). 
The Chairman is responsible for leadership of the Board, whilst the Chief 
Executive is responsible for running the Group’s businesses. The roles 
of Chairman and Chief Executive are separate, clearly defined and 
no individual has unfettered powers of decision making. The Chairman 
is supported by the Senior Independent Director who is available to 
shareholders if the normal channels for raising any concern prove to 
be ineffective or inappropriate. 

The Chairman sets the style and tone in which the Board operates and 
ensures there is a forum for constructive discussion and challenge, as well 
as a framework and the conditions to enable the Board as a whole, and 
its individual directors, to contribute effectively in the performance of their 
roles. Such a framework and conditions include access to information, 
support and development opportunities, understanding the views of 
shareholders, and maintaining constructive relationships between 
executive and non-executive members of the Board.

Information about the executive directors’ service contracts and the 
non-executive directors’ letters of appointment with the Company 
(including remuneration and fee levels) is set out in the Directors’ 
remuneration report. All non-executive directors are appointed for three 
year terms that can be renewed by mutual agreement, subject to annual 
re-election by shareholders, satisfactory performance and meeting 
independence requirements. 

Information about the Board’s CEO recruitment process in 2015 is given 
in the Nomination Committee report.

Board evaluation
The Board carried out an externally facilitated evaluation of its 
performance during the latter part of 2015. More details are set out 
in the Nomination Committee report. 

Having carried out such an evaluation, the Board considers that 
its composition contains the appropriate balance of diversity of views, 
qualifications, skills, experience and personal attributes necessary 
to carry out its duties and responsibilities, although it will keep this 
under review as the process of strategy development under the new 
CEO progresses. 

Board diversity
The Board’s policy is that appointments should be made on the basis 
of qualification and merit. The Board agrees that diversity, including 
gender diversity, is an important factor in Board effectiveness and 
supports the Code’s principles and provisions on gender diversity. As part 
of its commitment, the Board insists that any recruitment adviser retained 
ensures female candidates are included in any long list presented for 
consideration and this was the case in respect of the CEO search process 
last year. In relation to the recommendations of the Davies Review into 
‘Women on Boards’, the Board has not set a minimum target for the 
percentage of the Board to be female. Gender diversity below Board level 
is discussed in the Corporate responsibility report.

Director attendance in 2015

Board

Audit
Committee

Nomination
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Andrew Duff
David Dutro+
Brian Taylorson
Andrew Christie
Steve Good
Anne Hyland
Nick Salmon

8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8

–
–
–
4/4
4/4
4/4*
4/4

6/6*
–
–
6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6

7/7
–
–
7/7*
7/7
7/7
7/7

*  Chairman of Committee
+ 

retired from the Board on 7 February 2016

Board independence
The Board considers all the non-executive directors to be independent 
in character and judgement throughout 2015 and is satisfied that each 
director exercises independent judgement. The directors are required 
at all times to avoid conflicts of interest, act for a proper purpose and in 
the best interests of the Company, consistent with their statutory duties. 
No individual or group dominates decision making. 

Board operation
The Board has a formal programme of activities that are undertaken 
at scheduled meetings throughout the year and this is supplemented 
by ad hoc meetings, conference calls or other Board events, as and when 
appropriate. Eight formal meetings were held in 2015 and the attendance 
records of the directors are shown in the table above. The Board is 
supported in its activities by Board committees that have been delegated 
specific responsibilities as set out in their terms of reference and a formal 
schedule of matters reserved for the Board allows certain decisions to 
be delegated to the executive directors. The schedule of matters reserved 
for the Board includes: approval of strategic and annual operating plans; 
approval of financial statements, acquisitions and disposals; risk 
compliance and management programmes, as well as insurance 
arrangements; major non-recurring projects and major capital 
expenditures; and major legal settlements and litigation. The Board 
reviews the business, financial and operational (HSE) performance 
of the Group at each of its formal meetings, including major business 
initiatives, threats and opportunities, as well as progress on product 
innovation and new customers. 

Board and committee dates are scheduled at least a year in advance, 
as are overseas site visits, and a 12 month forward planner helps to 
ensure that the Board spends an appropriate amount of its time focused 
on the strategic issues affecting the Group’s businesses. 

To assist the Board in carrying out its duties, information of an appropriate 
quality is issued in a timely manner ahead of Board and committee 
meetings. If there are any unresolved matters concerning Board 
decisions, of which there were none in 2015, these would be recorded 
in the minutes of meetings. 

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

29

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
The Company maintains liability insurance for the directors and officers 
of the Company and its subsidiaries. Since 2008, the directors of the 
Company have been in receipt of an indemnity from the Company in 
respect of any liability or loss that may arise out of, or in connection with, 
the execution of their powers, duties and responsibilities as directors 
of the Company, or of any subsidiary, to the extent permitted under 
the Companies Act 2006. Copies of these indemnities, which continue 
to remain in place, are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office during normal business hours and will be available 
for inspection at the AGM.

By order of the Board

Wai Wong
Company Secretary
1 March 2016

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
CONTINUED

Induction, development and support
All new directors participate in an induction programme that includes 
meeting the management team, other senior executives and business 
leaders; meeting the internal and external auditors; meeting the 
Company’s joint corporate brokers; meeting major shareholders (where 
appropriate); and undertaking a programme of site visits. Paul Waterman 
received a similar but more extensive and intensive induction programme 
which, in addition to the above, included a series of meetings with the 
Chairman, executive directors and Company Secretary, as well as 
attendance at Board and committee meetings held in December.

All directors have access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary and may take independent professional advice, as appropriate, 
at the expense of the Company. Directors are given the opportunity 
throughout the year to undertake training and attend seminars to keep 
their skills and knowledge up to date, and receive internal briefings 
on technical and/or other regulatory developments that they need to 
be made aware of. The Company Secretary supports the Chairman 
in ensuring that the Board and Board committees operate within the 
governance framework adopted and that communication and information 
flows within the Board and its committees and between management 
and non-executive directors are effective. 

Communications with shareholders
The Company maintains a programme of activities throughout the year 
to ensure there is effective communication with shareholders, analysts 
and the financial press that include stock exchange announcements, 
investor meetings, the Annual Report and updates on the corporate 
website. The AGM gives institutional and private shareholders the 
opportunity to speak with the directors and the Chairmen of the Audit 
and Remuneration Committees are available to answer questions. 

It is our practice to ensure the Board receives regular feedback from 
shareholders following meetings with management in results and other 
investor roadshows. Analysts’ forecasts and research reports about the 
Company and the wider chemicals sector, as well as presentations and 
reports from the Company’s joint corporate brokers, are provided to all 
directors on a timely basis, helping non-executive directors to develop 
a clear understanding of the views of major shareholders. The Chairman 
and Senior Independent Director are available for contact by shareholders 
at any time.

From time to time, where appropriate, the Chairman and, in connection 
with remuneration proposals, the Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee will organise a programme of meetings with major 
shareholders to update them on any significant developments in business 
strategy, corporate governance matters or consult them on proposals 
for executive remuneration.

30

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The Chairman and members of the Nomination Committee (the 
“Committee”) are shown on page 26, together with their biographical 
information. Six meetings were held during 2015 and the attendance 
records of Committee members are shown on page 29. It is the 
Committee’s policy that the Chief Executive is invited to attend all 
of its meetings, except when the discussion concerns the Chief Executive 
or when it is a meeting of non-executives only, and other executives are 
invited to attend where appropriate. 

A copy of the Committee’s terms of reference is available on the 
Company’s website and the following is a summary of its responsibilities:

 ▶ Reviewing the size and composition of the Board, together with the 
skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of its members and 
making recommendations for change as necessary.

 ▶ Carrying out an annual performance evaluation of the Board, its 

committees and individual members.

 ▶ Keeping succession planning for the Board and senior executive team 

under review.

The following is a description of the work of the Committee to show how 
it has discharged its responsibilities in 2015:

 ▶ Met in February to review disclosures in the 2014 Annual Report.
 ▶ Met in March as a meeting of non-executive directors only, to 

discuss (in general terms) strategy, management performance and 
succession planning.

 ▶ Met in May (following the announcement of David Dutro’s intention 
to retire) to implement succession plans by: (i) confirming that Korn/
Ferry Whitehead Mann (“Korn/Ferry”), who had worked with the Board 
in previous recruitment processes, would be assisting the Committee 
to identify appropriate candidates (internal and external); (ii) approving 
a CEO role specification; and (iii) agreeing other procedural matters, 
such as confidentiality and timetable. 

 ▶ Met in June to: (i) discuss and agree format of Board evaluation;  

(ii) review and discuss progress in the CEO recruitment process and, 
in particular, consider long and short list candidates; and (iii) review 
business critical role succession plans with the CEO.

 ▶ Met in July (twice) to: (i) select four finalists from the six remaining short 

listed candidates for a second stage interview with a panel of 
Committee members (all six of whom had already been interviewed 
by Korn/Ferry and by the Chairman and Senior Independent Director); 
and (ii) select and recommend to the Board a preferred candidate from 
the four finalists to enter into discussions over terms. 

 ▶ Towards the end of August, the Committee agreed that Boardroom 
Review Limited (“BRL”) would be engaged to carry out an external 
Board effectiveness review that included individual interviews with 
Board members and the Secretary, as well as observing at a Board 
and committee meeting. (There are no connections between the 
Company and BRL other than the services provided in connection 
with the evaluation review.) 

 ▶ Met in December to: (i) discuss the results of the externally facilitated 
Board evaluation exercise and agree actions arising therefrom; and 
(ii) review the Chairman’s performance (last item was chaired by the 
Senior Independent Director with the Chairman absent from the 
discussions and both executive directors in attendance). 

 ▶ Following the evaluation review, the Board is satisfied that all our 

directors, both executives and non-executives, contribute effectively 
and demonstrate appropriate commitment to their roles and, therefore, 
shareholders are asked to support their re-election at the AGM. 

 ▶ A follow-up to our evaluation process is planned in the early part of this 

year for me to meet with each director to take soundings, review 
individual performance and discuss any specific training needs.

 ▶ In terms of the evaluation process, this focused on the following areas: 
Board basics (use of time, quality of information, operation, support); 
Board contribution (culture, dynamics, composition); and areas and 
depth of engagement (strategy, risk and control, performance 
management, stakeholder communications). A number of suggestions 
were made to help enhance the way the Board interacts, operates and 
manages its time, but no significant deficiency or weakness was 
identified. The main challenges were considered to be maintaining the 
relationships and dynamics within the Board during a CEO transition 
and accelerating the strategy development process. Other areas of 
focus for the Board included management succession planning, 
further development of the risk agenda (e.g. risk appetite) and keeping 
the Board’s composition under review. 

Shareholders may find the biographical information provided on pages 26 
and 27 useful to help them understand how a director’s background or 
experience influences the contribution he or she makes to the operation 
and effectiveness of the Board. This will also assist shareholders in 
assessing the skills and experience of the Board, as a whole, when 
determining how to vote on certain resolutions at the AGM. The 
information should also be read in conjunction with the Notice of Meeting 
accompanying this Annual Report proposing the election/re-election of all 
directors at the 2016 AGM.

In connection with the retention of Korn/Ferry during 2015, the Board 
confirms it has no other relationship with the firm other than as  
recruitment adviser.

Andrew Duff
Chairman
1 March 2016 

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

31

 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

The members of the Audit Committee (the “Committee”) are shown on 
page 26, together with their biographical information. As well as being 
Chairman, I am the Committee member with recent and relevant financial 
experience required under governance rules. All Committee members 
were considered to be independent throughout 2015. There were four 
meetings held and the attendance records of Committee members are 
shown on page 29. It is the Committee’s policy that both executive 
directors and the external auditor (KPMG) are invited to attend all of its 
meetings, except when the discussion concerns KPMG or when it is a 
meeting without management present, and other finance staff are invited 
to attend where appropriate. The internal audit service providers (PwC) 
report formally twice a year to the Committee and therefore attended two 
meetings last year.

A copy of the Committee’s terms of reference is available on the 
Company’s website and the following is a summary of its responsibilities:

 ▶ Monitor the integrity of Group financial statements, financial reporting 
and related statements, as well as the clarity and completeness of 
disclosures (including narrative reports and governance statements 
accompanying financial and related statements).

 ▶ Ensure the appropriateness of accounting policies, any changes 
to them and any significant estimates and judgements made.
 ▶ Review the effectiveness of internal control, compliance and risk 
management systems (including whistleblowing arrangements). 
 ▶ Oversee all aspects of the relationship with the internal and external 

auditors, such as: negotiating and approving their terms of 
appointment, fees, the scope, manner and programme of work; 
monitoring resourcing, performance and effectiveness, independence 
and objectivity; approving the policy on non-audit services; making 
recommendations to the Board for their dismissal or changes; and 
supervising any tender process. 

The following is a description of the work of the Committee to show how 
it has discharged its responsibilities in 2015:

 ▶ Met in February to: (i) meet KPMG without management present;  

(ii) review in combination with KPMG’s audit report the 2014 Annual 
Report (and associated preliminary results statement), management 
representation letter to the auditors, internal control and going concern 
statements, tax, litigation and compliance reports (including 
whistleblowing arrangements) and the effectiveness, independence 
and objectivity of the auditors; (iii) approve the description of the work 
of Committee in the Annual Report; (iv) recommend to the Board the 
approval of the Annual Report as well as the reappointment of KPMG; 
(v) consider a proposal from management on non-audit services 
without KPMG being present; and (vi) discuss carrying out an external 
audit tender process during 2015.

 ▶ Met in June to: (i) receive and discuss KPMG’s audit strategy and plan 
for 2015; (ii) approve KPMG’s letter of engagement and proposed fee 
for the interim review; (iii) progress the discussion on audit tender and 
the market for the provision of non-audit services following EU 
regulations in this area; and (iv) discuss the FRC’s review of the 2014 
Annual Report and the Company’s planned response.

 ▶ Met in July to: (i) review PwC’s H1 internal audit programme report and 

management’s responses to the audit findings; (ii) consider in 
combination with KPMG’s H1 review report the 2015 interim results 
announcement (incorporating a management report and condensed 
financial statements and notes), management representation letter to 
the auditors and the half year litigation, compliance and tax reports, 
as well as the half year going concern statement; (iii) approve proposed 
fees for the Group year end audit; (iv) review and confirm the 
Company’s compliance programme; (v) consider briefings on the 
business viability statement requirement; (vi) discuss and approve 
the FRS disclosure framework (UK GAAP) to adopt for the UK parent 
company; and (vii) approve arrangements to implement an audit 
tender process.

 ▶ Met in December to: (i) review the effectiveness of the internal audit 
programme and PwC’s performance, supported by the results of 
survey questionnaire completed by finance staff; (ii) receive PwC’s H2 
internal audit programme report; (iii) review the adequacy of resources 
made available to PwC and the arrangements they have in place to 
ensure they can deliver an effective internal audit service; (iv) approve 
the re-appointment of PwC as internal auditors, agree fees and a 
programme of work for 2016; (v) receive update report from KPMG 
on their audit plan and progress; (vi) discuss whether or not to 
continue publishing an interim management statement; (vii) discuss 
a briefing on dividend disclosures; and (viii) discuss progress on 
the audit tender process.

External audit tender process
The Committee decided to implement a tender process involving only two 
firms: Deloitte and Ernst & Young. During various discussions, it became 
apparent that for a Group of our size and geographical spread, the auditor 
would have to be selected from one of the Big Four firms. We agreed that 
as KPMG has been external auditor since 2004, we would comply with 
the spirit of the audit rotation rules by not asking KPMG to seek to renew 
its mandate. In addition, as PwC are the internal audit service provider to 
the Group, it was also decided not to invite them to participate in the 
tender. 

Over the summer, the Chairman of the Board, Finance Director and I met 
individually with partners from Deloitte and Ernst & Young to test our 
proposition that a two way tender would work and satisfy ourselves that 
both firms would be fully committed to the tender process.

In October, a request for proposal was issued to provide external audit 
and audit-related services in respect of the Group, parent company and 
certain subsidiary accounts (including review of preliminary results and 
interim financial statements and certain governance and remuneration 
disclosures in the Annual Report). 

Both firms were required to submit their proposals against the following 
criteria:
 ▶ Organisation and capability – including the firm’s structure and global 
coverage, experience and service capability, technical knowledge and 
expertise, and culture and service philosophy.

 ▶ Staffing, resourcing and engagement – including experience, expertise 
and qualities of audit partners and senior team members in our key 
geographies, global team structure and coordination, partner rotation 
and succession plans, and client communication, service and 
reporting model.

 ▶ Audit approach and delivery – including knowledge of our business, 
induction and transition plan, audit planning process and approach, 
use of innovation and technology, scope of audit, management of 
global audits, and interaction with and reliance upon internal audit. 
 ▶ Quality control and independence – including audit effectiveness and 
reporting, process improvement and added value, and independence 
and objectivity. 

 ▶ Fees and terms of business.

As part of the tender process, an induction programme was organised for 
both firms which involved a series of meetings and interactions with head 
office staff, site visits to East Windsor in New Jersey to meet members of 
the management and business leadership teams and visits to/calls with 
our Asia management team. This was followed by written submission of 
audit tender proposals and a presentation to an audit selection panel 
comprising the Chairman of the Board, myself as Audit Committee 
Chairman, Finance Director, Group Financial Controller and the Company 
Secretary (the “Panel”). All Directors received a full copy of the tender 
proposals which were discussed in meetings of the Committee and the 
Board, prior to the Panel making its final selection of the firm the 
Committee should recommend to the Board for proposing to 
shareholders.

32

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Both Deloitte and Ernst & Young met the criteria for appointment, 
however, the Panel concluded that Deloitte demonstrated better the 
organisational and personnel fit, resources, expertise and audit approach 
to deliver a high quality audit and service to Elementis. Accordingly, the 
Committee has recommended that the Board proposes that Deloitte be 
appointed the Company’s auditors at the 2016 AGM. 

Competition & Markets Authority order – statement of compliance 
The Committee confirms that the Company is compliant with the order 
on mandatory tendering of audit contracts.

Significant accounting and other issues 
The primary areas of accounting judgement considered by the Committee 
in relation to the 2015 financial statements are listed below:

 ▶ Provisions  

The Committee reviewed the latest estimates for future spending 
relating to the Group’s environmental provisions recorded in the 
Consolidated balance sheet. The Committee also reviewed the 
discount rate used in calculating the provision balances and concluded 
that the rate should remain the same as the previous year’s rate due to 
a stability in US borrowing rates.

 ▶ Assumptions used to value pension scheme liabilities 

The Committee reviewed the assumptions used to value the liabilities 
of the UK and US defined benefit pension schemes, as well as the 
US post retirement medical plan, which the Group’s actuarial advisers 
considered to be appropriate given the characteristics of each plan. 

 ▶ Taxation 

The Committee discussed the recoverability of its tax assets and 
reviewed the underlying assumptions to the Group’s 2015 tax rate and 
noted that the underlying tax rate had declined versus the previous 
year, due to a change in the geographical mix of profits and also 
changes in provisions.

 ▶ Non-recurring items 

The Committee reviewed a number of items recorded in the 
Consolidated income statement which it considered should be 
separately disclosed because of their size and/or one time nature, 
thereby providing the reader with a better understanding of the 
financial information presented. It concluded that these items should 
be shown separately in the Consolidated income statement as 
‘non-recurring items’. The Committee also noted that, in previous 
years, items of this nature had been termed ‘exceptional items’ but 
concluded that the term ‘non-recurring’ was more appropriate going 
forward. Further details of these items are included in Note 5 to the 
Consolidated financial statements.

Audit effectiveness, objectivity and independence
As Chairman of the Committee I meet with the audit partner frequently, 
including for both audit planning and review meetings. The Committee 
meets the audit partner and usually the senior manager at all four of its 
formal meetings but it is the Finance Director and finance teams who 
have most exposure to the audit team. 

To help the Committee carry out a formal review of the external auditor’s 
performance, a questionnaire based evaluation is undertaken towards the 
end of each year end audit cycle by members of our finance team globally. 
The questionnaire used is the template produced by KPMG’s Audit 
Committee Institute which considers comprehensively different aspects 
of  the audit process. The Committee also monitors audit effectiveness 
by reviewing Audit Quality Inspection reports published by the FRC. 

Since 2015 was KPMG’s last audit, we decided not to undertake 
a questionnaire survey of the field locations but to review KPMG’s 
performance by reference to the quality of its audit report and opinion, 
its engagement with management and its quality assurance procedures. 
The Committee concluded KPMG’s performance to be satisfactory and 
that the audit is effective as measured against their letter of engagement 
and the scope of services agreed. 

The Committee considers the auditors’ objectivity and independence 
at least twice a year. It receives reports from KPMG on its internal quality 
control and independence rules, and keeps under review the level of 
non-audit services KPMG provides. The Committee is of the view that 
KPMG were objective and independent throughout the 2015 audit 
process notwithstanding the level of non-audit services provided. 

Non-audit services 
In 2015, non-audit services of $0.8 million from KPMG were approved 
by the Committee (2014: $0.6 million). These services consisted mainly 
of tax advisory services in relation to the US, the UK, Netherlands, 
Germany, China and Taiwan. KPMG’s knowledge of the business meant it 
could provide these services cost effectively and the safeguards 
explained previously mean the Committee does not consider the provision 
of these services to affect the auditor’s independence and objectivity. 

The Company’s policy on non-audit services contains guidance on the 
types of non-audit work that the external auditors may be considered for. 
This guidance is in addition to other specified factors that must be taken 
into consideration, such as the expertise and resources of the firm, 
whether the services could risk jeopardising audit independence and the 
fee relative to the audit fee. Examples of services that the external auditors 
may and may not be allowed to perform under the policy can be found on 
the Company’s website. Our policy will be reviewed during the year to 
ensure compliance with new EU rules on the provision of non-audit 
services by auditors.

Under our policy, the Finance Director may approve individual 
engagements where the fee is up to 15 per cent of the Group’s audit fee 
for the previous year, provided that the total non-audit fees in the year do 
not exceed 50 per cent of that Group audit fee. Decisions above these 
thresholds must be referred to the Committee for determination.

Internal control and risk management system
The Committee’s formal remit includes reviewing the effectiveness of 
the internal control, compliance and risk management systems which it 
carries out in support of the Board’s formal review of significant risks and 
material controls, as summarised in the Risk management report. The 
focus of the Committee’s work when it reviews internal audit reports is 
mainly on financial, operational and compliance risks. PwC, who provides 
an outsourced internal audit function, plays a significant role in the 
Group’s internal control process, which is designed for the purposes 
of preventing material financial loss and fraud, safeguarding the value 
of assets (including reputation) and ensuring compliance with laws, 
regulations and Group policies. 

The Group’s internal control and risk management system is only 
designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives and therefore the Board can only provide reasonable, 
and not absolute, assurance against material mis-statement or loss. The 
Board is of the view that an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing significant risks faced by the Group was in place 
throughout the financial year under review and up to the date that this 
Annual Report was approved. No significant internal control failings or 
weaknesses were reported last year so none is disclosed here.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

33

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED

Internal control and risk management system (continued)
Set out below is a summary of the key features of the Group’s internal 
control and risk management system.

Controls assurance
The controls assurance framework at Elementis is threefold:

 ▶ Board leadership supported by an open and transparent culture of 

‘no surprises’, good governance and compliance. This means knowing 
and understanding the businesses, quality interactions between 
the Board, management and business leadership teams (including 
a regular programme of presentations and reports to the Board, as 
well as operational site visits).

 ▶ Internal and external audit programme, regular litigation and 

compliance reviews with the General Counsel and a programme 
of compliance audits, regulatory inspections, environmental reviews 
and property surveys by external specialists.

 ▶ Group Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on which all employees 
are given training and are required to self certify compliance with, 
supplemented by an online compliance training programme, an 
anti-bribery and corruption policy, which contractors are also 
required to sign up to, whistleblowing arrangements and an 
anti-retaliation policy. 

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Board and Committee understand the governance requirements 
for the Annual Report, taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and 
understandable, and that ‘fair’ should mean reasonable and impartial, 
‘balanced’ should mean even handed in terms of being positive and 
negative and ‘understandable’ should mean simple, clear and free 
from jargon or unnecessary clutter.

The Board and Committee consider the Annual Report for 2015, taken 
as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy. 

Anne Hyland 
Chairman, Audit Committee
1 March 2016

Control environment
The Group has policies and procedures that set out the responsibilities 
of business and site management, including authority levels, reporting 
disciplines and responsibility for risk management and internal control. 
In addition, annual compliance statements on internal control are certified 
by each operating division.

Risk identification and review
A formal risk review process exists at Board and management team levels 
for the identification, evaluation, mitigation and ongoing monitoring of 
risks. See separate Risk management report.

Financial reporting
The Group operates a comprehensive financial reporting system including 
forecasts, consolidation and monthly reporting. Board reports include 
full management accounts, comprising monthly and year to date profit 
and loss statements, cash flow statements and balance sheet, with 
segmental and individual business performance analyses, as well as 
relevant performance indicators. Actual monthly results are monitored 
against budget, forecasts and the previous year’s results. Any significant 
variances are investigated and acted upon as appropriate. As well as 
monthly management accounts, each operating division prepares an 
annual and a three year operating plan which is approved by the Board. 
Thereafter a formal re-forecasting exercise is undertaken three times 
a year. 

Investment appraisal
There are clearly defined investment guidelines for capital expenditure. 
All investment expenditure is subject to formal authorisation procedures, 
with major proposals being considered by the Board.

Internal audit programme
An internal audit programme is proposed by PwC in consultation with 
the Finance Director and approved by the Audit Committee each year, 
setting out a programme of audits over the course of the next 12 months. 
The programme covers the monitoring of the effectiveness of internal 
controls and the design of processes to test the effectiveness of controls. 
As well as conducting audits of operating facilities, sales offices and toller 
sites on a two to three year rotational basis, the internal audit programme 
includes reviews of Group functions and processes that in the past have 
included, for example, HR and payroll, legal expenditure, treasury, HSE 
and GHG reporting, as well as reviewing compliance with capital 
investment authorisations. In 2016, PwC has been asked to review our 
risk management and forecasting and budgeting processes. 

34

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Chairman’s annual statement on remuneration
I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ remuneration report for 2015 
which has been prepared by the Remuneration Committee (the 
“Committee”) and approved by the Board.

Having introduced a number of changes to our remuneration policy and 
practices over the previous two years, 2015 should have been a relatively 
quiet year, but this was not the case. The latest changes, which were 
described in my statement a year ago, received strong support from 
shareholders at last year’s AGM and were implemented during 2015, 
as explained later in this report. I would like to express my thanks to 
shareholders for your continuing support.

The Company announced on 19 May 2015 the intended retirement of 
David Dutro which triggered our CEO succession plans to find a 
replacement. The Committee was responsible, working with the Chairman 
of the Board and its remuneration advisers, for structuring a remuneration 
package and agreeing terms of employment that secured the services of 
Paul Waterman as our next CEO. Related to these developments the 
Committee also reviewed remuneration arrangements following David 
Dutro’s retirement, as well as target setting in the light of the Group’s 
trading performance and in the  context of the 2016 operating plan. 

One of the Committee’s objectives continues to be to rebalance the 
proportion of fixed to variable remuneration in favour of the latter. We have 
made progress in this respect in the year. Looking forward, the 
Committee is focused on the need in 2016 to incentivise our management 
team at a time of transition to a new CEO and with some very challenging 
external market conditions. We consider 2016 a year in which it is correct 
to modify the bonus metrics to reward actions that need to be taken to set 
Elementis up for a return to growth as well as financial achievements in 
excess of expectation. All such changes will be within the policy that was 
approved at the last AGM.

The process undertaken and outcome in these matters are summarised 
below. 

Variable remuneration outcome for 2015
As reported elsewhere in this Annual Report, the Group experienced 
difficult trading conditions, as a result of changes to our external markets. 
Consequently, as the Company is reporting performance that is below 
the minimum target thresholds, no bonus is payable in respect of 2015 
performance. 

Under the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), the performance period for 
the 2013 awards ended in 2015. Neither of the threshold targets under the 
EPS and TSR conditions was met and, accordingly, none of the 2013 
awards will vest in April 2016. Elementis delivered shareholder return over 
the three year period of 16 per cent, compared to 24 per cent from the 
FTSE All Share Index (excluding investment trusts). EPS** for 2015 was  
20.8 cents compared to 21.8 cents in 2012. 

It is disappointing when incentive remuneration does not pay out  
because it means growth targets have not been achieved in increasingly 
difficult market conditions, despite the hard work and commitment of  
our employees. 

2016 policy implementation
The following summarises the application of our remuneration policy 
in the current year.

The Committee awarded Brian Taylorson a salary increase of 2.87 per 
cent with effect from 1 January 2016, which is in line with the average 
increase in 2015 for the UK salaried workforce.

The changes to remuneration policy approved at the 2015 AGM included 
giving the Committee greater flexibility in setting bonus plan targets.

In respect of the 2016 bonus plan, in line with market practice, the 
Committee has introduced a non-financial component, with a weighting 
of 30 per cent of the bonus opportunity. In terms of the financial metrics 
(70 per cent of bonus opportunity), these will continue to be based on 
PBT and average working capital (“AWC”) (split 80:20 as before). For the 
PBT condition, threshold, plan and stretch targets are set at levels the 
Committee considers to be appropriately challenging, after taking into 
account both the 2016 operating plan and consensus estimates. Bonus 
targets will be disclosed on a retrospective basis.

The Committee decided to introduce non-financial objectives and/or 
performance metrics to ensure that the bonus plan provides a tighter link 
to performance and strategy. Such non-financial criteria will be specific, 
measurable and objective and relate to Company specific business goals, 
although the Committee reserves discretion to modify the overall amount 
of bonus payable in exceptional circumstances and acting in the best 
interests of the Company. The actual criteria and weighting will be 
reviewed annually to ensure they remain appropriate and the details 
of the targets for 2016 will be disclosed in next year’s report.

Turning to the long term incentive plan, the Committee reviewed the 
choice of broad equity index to use for setting TSR targets and concluded 
that there were no compelling reasons to change from the FTSE All Share 
index (excluding investment trusts) that is currently used. The Committee 
also reviewed the appropriateness of retaining reference to UK RPI when 
setting EPS growth targets for a highly international business which 
reports in US dollars and decided that, for 2016, a range of EPS growth 
targets would be set which the Committee is satisfied are no less 
challenging in the current environment. The Committee agreed it would 
keep its target setting under review, particularly as the inflationary 
environment changes over time. 

The fee levels for all non-executive directors (Chairman’s fee, basic fee 
and additional role fee) were reviewed in December and the outcome, 
which received the full support of the Board, was to retain fees at their 
existing levels.

**  diluted, before non-recurring items

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

35

 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
CONTINUED

Chairman’s annual statement on remuneration (continued)
CEO transition
Paul Waterman
Paul Waterman’s starting remuneration package is as follows: 

David Dutro
David Dutro has not and will not receive any payment for loss of office as 
a director of the Company or any other payments in relation to the 
cessation of his employment. 

 ▶ Basic salary: $825,000 p.a.
 ▶ Benefits: as per policy.
 ▶ Bonus opportunity: 150 per cent of basic salary (with 50 per cent 

share based deferral).

 ▶ LTIP award: 200 per cent of basic salary.
 ▶ Pension: salary supplement of 20 per cent of basic salary plus 
employer matching contributions under the US pension plans 
(maximum limit of match: 8 per cent).

As previously stated, one of the Committee’s objectives has been to 
rebalance the proportion of fixed to variable remuneration by increasing 
the latter, to provide a greater incentive to the executive directors to deliver 
strong, sustainable financial performance and enhanced returns to 
shareholders. This is reflected in Paul Waterman’s salary level, taking 
other factors into consideration, and the higher LTIP award level. 

Separately, buy out awards under the LTIP will be made to Paul Waterman 
to cover remuneration forfeited by him for leaving his previous employer to 
join Elementis, the value of which is approximately $1.5 million. The LTIP 
awards will be made in two equal tranches with vesting periods of one 
and two years. Within each tranche there will be a portion that will be 
subject only to a service condition of one and two year(s) (reflecting a 
minimum vesting value of forfeited awards) and a portion that will be 
subject to performance metrics over a one or two year period, based on a 
combination of cash flow, safety and operational targets that are in nature 
similar and equivalently challenging to those awards being forfeited and a 
similar vesting profile. The buy out awards will be made on or around 
7 March 2016.

Details of these awards will be disclosed in next year’s Annual Report.

Since the 2013 LTIP awards will lapse in April 2016, the only unvested 
awards are those made in 2014 and 2015. The outstanding awards will 
remain subject to performance conditions and will ordinarily vest on the 
third anniversary of the award date. Recognising the circumstances of the 
departure, his flexibility in respect of his leaving date and in particular that 
there will be no payment in lieu of the remainder of the notice period, the 
Committee determined that the 2014 award should be able to vest in full, 
noting that there would need to be a very significant improvement in 
performance from present levels in order for this award to be capable of 
generating any value. The award granted in 2015 will be scaled back pro 
rata for the proportion of the time in office.

Under the rules of the US Sharesave plan, David Dutro is entitled to 
exercise a number of savings based options granted to him in 2014 
within a 60 day period following his cessation of employment on 
29 February 2016.

Summary
Global macroeconomic conditions in 2016 continue to be volatile which 
presents a challenge to the Committee to ensure appropriate incentives 
are set to balance risk taking and reward. This is on top of a CEO 
transition. The changes that the Committee are making in 2016 have been 
considered at length and the performance targets set are considered to 
be appropriately challenging for both short and long term incentives.

On behalf of the directors, I ask our shareholders to support the actions 
the Committee has taken.

Signed on behalf of the Board by:

Andrew Christie
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
1 March 2016 

36

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
Remuneration policy report

Effective date and duration of remuneration policy
This part of the Directors’ remuneration report (the “Remuneration policy 
report”), which is mostly restated for reference purposes only (and 
updated where appropriate), sets out the remuneration policy for the 
directors of the Company that was approved by shareholders at the  
2015 AGM. The remuneration policy is effective for three years from 
22 April 2015. 

Where the text in this Remuneration policy report is in bold and 
underlined, this shows a change in implementation different from last 
year (but within the approved policy), or an update or re-wording of the 
text from last year.

Policy table
The information in the table below sets out the remuneration policy for the 
different elements that make up total remuneration applying to directors. 

Basic salary

Purpose and link to 
Company’s strategy

Targeted at a level to attract and retain the world class executives who are essential to drive the business 
forward and deliver the Company’s strategic goals.

How it operates  
in practice

Formal salary review normally every three years, with benchmarking analysis utilised for reference purposes 
against relevant market comparators, as appropriate, taking into account the size of the Company (revenue 
and market capitalisation), complexity of the roles (including changes to both size and roles) and individual 
performance. 

Annual salary increases that are broadly in line with the local workforce (in percentage of salary terms),  
subject to Committee approval. 

Increases beyond the average of those granted to the local workforce (in percentage of salary terms) may 
be awarded in certain circumstances, such as where there is a material change in responsibility or experience 
of the individual, to recognise exceptional performance over a sustained period or a significant increase in the 
complexity, size or value of the Company.

Where new joiners or recent promotions have been placed on a below market rate of pay initially, a series 
of increases above those granted to the local workforce (in percentage of salary terms) may be given over 
the following few years subject to individual performance and development in the role.

Salaries are normally reviewed in December and any changes are effective from 1 January in the following year.

Maximum potential 
value

There is no prescribed maximum for salary increases. The Committee will be guided by the general increase for 
the local workforce and/or broader workforce as a whole, as well as the circumstances listed above. 

Salaries for 2016:
Chief Executive 

Finance Director 

$875,500 (David Dutro)
$825,000 (Paul Waterman, from 8 February 2016)
£347,921

Benefits

Purpose and link to 
Company’s strategy

To aid retention and to remain competitive in the marketplace.

Healthcare benefits in order to minimise business disruption. 

Executive directors may also participate along with other employees in the Group’s HMRC approved SAYE, or 
other equivalent savings based, share schemes to share in the success of the Group.

How it operates in practice

Life assurance and private medical health insurance are provided. 

Provision of either a company car (for business and personal purposes) or a car allowance, in both cases 
having a value that is consistent and commensurate with the executive’s status and seniority.

Participation in all employee/savings based share option schemes as above.

In addition, benefits in the US, where it is standard, include cover for dental costs, accidental death and 
disablement, long term disability and club membership.

Maximum potential 
value

SAYE/savings based schemes are subject to individual limits. These are $2,000 per month in the US and in the 
UK up to the HMRC prescribed limit (£500 per month). 

Other benefits: the Committee will determine the level of benefit as it considers appropriate, taking into 
consideration local market practice.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

37

 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
CONTINUED

Remuneration policy report (continued)

Annual bonus scheme

Purpose and link to 
Company’s strategy

To incentivise the senior management team to exceed the annual operating plans approved by the Board at the 
start of each financial year.

To ensure that a significant proportion of an executive’s total remuneration is based on corporate/business 
financial performance that is linked to the Company’s annual operating plan.

To enable incentive pay to help build and maintain meaningful executive shareholdings thereby providing 
greater long term focus.

How it operates in 
practice

An annual bonus is earned based on over performance against selected performance measures which are 
linked to the Company’s key performance indicators, or the achievement of strategic and/or operational 
objectives.

Bonus payments are paid following the approval of full year results. Payments are based on salaries at the time 
of payment. 

Bonus deferral element: 50 per cent of any cash bonus payable must be awarded in shares and deferred for 
two years. Dividends to accrue to deferred share award holders (or holders of conditional share awards). 
Deferred shares or conditional awards are forfeitable for gross misconduct (dismissal for cause). 

The Committee may seek recovery and/or withholding of bonuses paid that are later found to have been based 
on performance that was mis-stated or incorrectly calculated, or where the amount of any bonus may have 
been reduced or withheld due to reasons of gross misconduct. Recovery and withholding provisions will apply 
from awards made in 2015 and apply for a period of three years following payment of any bonus. Detailed 
provisions are incorporated into the rules of the various schemes which govern the terms of a bonus payment 
and or the making of any deferred share or conditional award. 

Maximum potential 
value

Chief Executive: 150 per cent of basic salary.
Finance Director: 125 per cent of basic salary.

A higher annual bonus limit of 200 per cent of basic salary may apply for new recruits.

Framework used to 
assess performance

The performance measure(s) will be based mainly on financial performance although the Committee reserves 
the right to select other qualitative or non-financial targets (including the basis of their measurement) as it 
considers to be appropriate and which are aligned to the Company’s strategic objectives for the year ahead.

The financial elements of the bonus may include (but are not limited to) the Company’s key performance 
indicators which include:

 ▶ Profit before tax or other measures of profitability.
 ▶ Group average trade working capital to sales ratio expressed as a percentage (“AWC”) or other cash flow 

indicators.

Targets for financial metrics are set relative to the annual operating plan, taking into account general GDP 
factors, external market data, current and past performance of the business, together with any organic or 
acquisitive growth plans.

For any profit related metric, targets will be set at threshold, plan and stretch levels and the amount payable for 
threshold performance shall be determined by the Committee each year when reviewing annual bonus plans 
and approving bonus scheme targets.

The Committee keeps performance metrics under review on an annual basis to ensure they continue to remain 
appropriate and has the discretion to introduce new metrics or remove existing ones and amend their relative 
weightings. As a result, the performance metrics and weightings may vary in line with the Company’s evolving 
strategy during the life of the policy. The profit related element of annual bonus shall not be less than 50 per 
cent of the overall bonus opportunity.

38

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Long term incentives

Purpose and link to 
Company’s strategy

The LTIP is the sole long term incentive mechanism and is intended to align the interests of the executives with 
the Group’s long term performance, business strategy and broader interests of shareholders.

When granting awards under the LTIP the Committee generally takes into consideration the need to motivate 
and retain the executive directors and other participants.

The number of options/conditional shares awarded, up to the maximum limit, is based on the average 
mid-market closing price of a share on the date preceding the date of award.

How it operates in 
practice

Nil cost options or conditional shares are awarded annually. Options are exercisable three years from, and 
within ten years of, the date of award. Share awards vest on the third anniversary of the date of award. 

A post vesting holding period of two years will apply to annual awards granted from 2015.

For US participants (e.g. the CEO) the award of conditional shares may be structured in the form of restricted 
stock units in order to comply with US tax rules on deferred compensation particularly in view of the holding 
period being introduced. 

Recovery and withholding provisions similar to those described in respect of annual bonus payments but 
relating to the vesting of LTIP awards will apply from 2015 onwards. 

Dividend rights: dividends will accrue during the three year performance period in respect of LTIP awards to the 
extent that they vest. In the case of awards structured as nil cost options, dividends payable would only be paid 
when the options are exercised and when the employee becomes the beneficial owner of the shares.

Tax rules mean US participants will generally exercise and sell at least part of any options/shares that vest on 
the date of vesting, in order to meet tax liabilities. This will continue to be our practice for options/shares not 
subject to the holding period. Awards are subject to the achievement of challenging performance conditions 
and normally subject to continued service over the vesting period. 

Maximum potential 
value

Chief Executive: 200 per cent of basic salary at the time of the award.
Finance Director: 175 per cent of basic salary at the time of the award.

A higher limit of 250 per cent of basic salary may apply to annual awards made to new recruits.

Framework used to 
assess performance

Awards are subject to achievement of financial (EPS, ROCE or any other relevant company financial KPI) and/or 
relative TSR performance conditions measured over three financial years beginning with the financial year in 
which the award is made. TSR will be measured against the constituents of a broad equity index, or a bespoke 
group of appropriate comparator companies. 

In determining the target range for any financial measures that may apply, the Committee ensures they are 
challenging by taking into account current and anticipated trading conditions, the long term business plan and 
external market data. For any financial performance condition, threshold vesting will start from 0 per cent and 
for any relative TSR performance condition, threshold vesting will start at 3.85 per cent. In both cases this will 
increase on a straight line basis with 100 per cent vesting for achieving the stretch targets, which for the TSR 
performance condition will require at least upper quartile performance.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

39

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
CONTINUED

Remuneration policy report (continued)

Pension

Purpose and link to 
Company’s strategy

How it operates in 
practice

Maximum potential 
value

To aid retention and remain competitive in the marketplace.

To provide appropriate retirement benefits commensurate with local market practice, seniority of the role and 
tenure with the Company.

Policy for new recruits is a contribution to a non-company pension scheme and/or cash in lieu.

The policy for the Chief Executive and Finance Director is set out below.

Chief Executive
An annual salary supplement of 20 per cent of basic salary and, for US employees, participation 
in two defined contribution schemes being: (i) a US 401(k) Plan, which is similar to a money 
purchase scheme, and (ii) a Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Defined 
Contribution plans”). The latter plan mirrors the 401(k) Plan except it allows for contributions in 
respect of pensionable remuneration over an annual compensation limit set by the US Internal 
Revenue Service (2015: $265,000). The employer match under these two plans includes a regular 
match of up to four per cent of total pensionable remuneration and a supplemental match of up 
to four per cent, based on age and length of service.

Finance Director
Since 30 November 2015, Brian Taylorson receives an annual salary supplement in lieu of any 
other pension provision (other than pension previously accrued). 

The policy for new executives is for a company contribution of up to 30 per cent of salary. 

Under the policy the maximum for the CEO is 20 per cent of his salary and up to 8 per cent of pensionable 
remuneration depending on the amount of personal contributions made into the Defined Contribution plans.

The maximum for the Finance Director since 30 November 2015 is an annual salary supplement 
of 30 per cent of his basic salary.

Legacy arrangements exist for existing employees.

Share ownership guidelines

Purpose and link to 
Company’s strategy

To align an executive’s interests with those of shareholders and to encourage executives to participate and 
share in the long term success of the Group.

How it operates in 
practice

Executive directors are expected to build up a shareholding in the Company that is equal in value to  
200 per cent of their basic annual salaries.

Shares vesting from share awards, or transferred pursuant to an exercise of any option, granted under any 
share incentive or employee share saving scheme may not be sold (other than to meet a tax liability) until the 
above shareholding level has been met.

The Committee monitors compliance with these guidelines and can make changes to them from time to time.

Non-executive Chairman and directors’ fees

Purpose and link to 
Company’s strategy

To attract individuals with the relevant skills, knowledge and experience that the Board considers necessary 
in order to maintain an optimal mix that ensures the effectiveness of the Board as a whole in carrying out its 
duties and responsibilities.

How it operates in 
practice

Non-executive directors’ fees are determined by the Chairman and the executive directors, having regard 
to fees paid to non-executive directors in other UK quoted companies and the time commitment and 
responsibilities of the role. 

In the case of the Chairman, the fee level is determined by the Committee. As well as taking into consideration 
the above factors, the Committee sets the fee at an appropriate level necessary to attract a role holder qualified 
to effectively lead the board of a company of a similar size and prestige as Elementis.

Fees will be reviewed annually with changes taking effect from 1 January in the following year. 

Fees are payable in cash and non-executive directors are not eligible to participate in any pension, bonus 
or share incentive schemes. No individual is allowed to vote on his/her own remuneration.

40

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Differences in executive remuneration policy compared to  
other employees 
The Committee is made aware of pay structures across the wider Group 
when setting the remuneration policy for executive directors. The 
Committee considers the general basic salary increase for the broader 
Group and, in particular the employees based in the US, the UK and 
Europe, when determining salary increases for the executive directors.

The same principles and values behind the design of remuneration for 
the executive directors and business presidents apply to other senior 
managers and employees throughout the rest of the Group, with 
modifications to reflect local market practice and the level of seniority and 
ability to influence Group performance. Overall, the remuneration policy 
for executive directors is more heavily weighted towards variable pay than 
for other employees. This ensures that there is a clear link between the 
value created for shareholders and the remuneration received by the 
executive directors given it is the executive directors who are considered 
to have the greatest potential to influence shareholder value creation.

The level of variable pay varies by level of employee within the Group and 
is informed by the specific responsibilities of each role and local market 
practice as appropriate.

How the views of employees are taken into account
The Group does not actively consult with employees on executive 
remuneration. The Group has a diverse workforce operating in nine 
different countries, with various local pay practices, which would make 
any cost effective consultation impractical. However, as noted above, 
when setting the remuneration policy for executive directors, the 
Committee takes into account the pay and employment conditions for 
other employees in the Group. This process ensures that any annual 
increase to the basic pay of executive directors is not out of proportion 
with that proposed for other employees.

Link between policy, strategy and structure 
The remuneration policy is principally designed with the long 
term success of the Company in mind and to incentivise the 
executive directors and other members of the management team to 
execute effectively our corporate and business strategies, in order to 
deliver our annual operating plans and sustainable year on year profitable 
growth, as well as to generate and preserve value for our shareholders 
over the longer term, without encouraging excessive levels of risk taking. 
The principles and values that underpin our remuneration strategy are 
applied on a consistent basis for all our Group employees.

It is our policy to reward all employees fairly, responsibly and by reference 
to local market practices, by providing an appropriate balance between 
fixed and variable remuneration. 

The Committee’s policy is to adequately reward the directors if they meet 
or exceed the targets set under the variable components of their 
remuneration packages. 

The remuneration structure for executive directors is made up of two 
elements: fixed remuneration (consisting of basic salary, benefits 
(including for example non-contributory health insurance and life 
assurance) and pension provision), and variable remuneration (annual 
bonus scheme and long term share incentives). 

Choice of performance measures and approach to target setting
The performance metrics that are used for annual bonus and long term 
incentive plans are drawn from a suite of Company KPIs monitored by the 
Board that are closely linked to the financial KPIs on page 14.

In the annual bonus scheme, PBT (defined as reported Group profit 
before tax, before any non-recurring items) is a clear measure of the 
Company’s trading performance and AWC encourages the most efficient 
use of working capital and ensures earnings are converted into cash. 
These metrics are aligned with the Company’s objectives and strategy. 
Non-financial objectives and/or performance metrics will form 
a component from 2016, based on Company specific business 
objectives, such as the achievement of specific strategic or 
operational goals. 

With regards to long term performance targets, EPS growth or ROCE 
targets may be used and these are aligned with the long term levels of 
shareholder value creation and growth of the Company. A relative TSR 
condition ensures that there is clear alignment between shareholders 
and executives. 

Where appropriate, targets are set based on sliding scales that take 
account of internal planning and external data. Only modest rewards are 
available for delivering performance at threshold levels or above with 
maximum rewards requiring out performance of our challenging plans 
approved at the start of each year.

The Committee keeps the EPS target range under annual review, 
for each new award, to ensure it continues to remain appropriate.

The Committee has not previously incorporated corporate or 
business performance in environmental, social and governance 
matters when setting targets in the variable parts of 
remuneration. This will change this year with the introduction 
of a non-financial component to the bonus plan that may include 
HSE or related operational objectives. 

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

41

 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
CONTINUED

Remuneration policy report (continued)

Reward scenario analysis
Chief Executive Officer

Finance Director

£’000

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

£714k

100%

Fixed

Fixed
Annual Bonus
LTIP

£’000

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

£2,597k

41%

31%

28%

Max.

£1,655k

33%

24%

43%

On target

£473k

100%

Fixed

£996k
31%
22%

47%

On target

£1,517k

40%

29%

31%

Max.

Fixed
Annual Bonus
LTIP

The table above illustrates the potential pay opportunities for executive directors under three different scenarios for 2016. The CEO’s remuneration has 
been converted into pounds sterling using the average exchange rate for 2015 ($1.5326:£1.00).

1. 

2. 

3. 

 Fixed: Comprises fixed pay being the value of salary, benefits and pension (benefits are included at the 2015 level and for the CEO, the employer’s 
matching contributions to Defined Contribution plans are included at the maximum level of eight per cent of salary).
 On target: The amount receivable assumes performance in which 50 per cent of annual bonus is payable and 50 per cent of long term incentive 
awards vest. 
 Maximum: the maximum amount receivable should all stretch targets be met and vesting under both the annual bonus scheme and LTIP is 
100 per cent.

When valuing the LTIP awards under the ‘On target’ and ‘Maximum’ scenarios, these are based on face value as a percentage of 
salary. The LTIPs also relate to awards to be made in 2016 rather than any awards vesting in 2016. For example, if the level of award 
for the CEO is 200 per cent of basic salary, then the ‘On-target’ scenario assumes that 50 per cent will vest and that value is included 
in the chart illustration. LTIPs exclude any dividend rights and for the CEO excludes buy out awards. 

Recruitment policy
For executive director recruitment and/or promotion situations, the Committee will follow the policy outlined below:

Element 

Policy

Basic salary

Basic salary levels will be set in accordance with the Company’s remuneration policy, taking into account the experience 
and calibre of the individual (e.g. typically around market rates prevalent in companies of comparable size and 
complexity) or salary levels may be set below this level (e.g. if the individual was promoted to the Board). Where it is 
appropriate to offer a below market rate of pay initially, a series of increases to the desired salary positioning may be 
given over the following few years subject to individual performance and development in the role.

Benefits

New directors may be entitled to benefits such as life assurance, private medical health insurance, cover for dental costs, 
accidental death and disablement, long term disability and provision of either a company car (for business and personal 
purposes) or a car allowance, or any other appropriate benefit. 

Where necessary the Committee may approve the payment of reasonable relocation expenses to facilitate recruitment 
for a maximum period of 12 months. 

Pension

A company contribution into a pension plan and/or cash supplement of up to 30 per cent of salary. 

Legacy pension arrangements for promotees which may include defined benefit or US style arrangements may continue 
to operate on their existing terms.

Annual bonus

The annual bonus would operate as outlined for current executive directors but to aid recruitment where necessary  
the maximum bonus opportunity is 200 per cent of basic salary. Bonus will be pro rated for the proportion of the  
year served. Depending on the timing and responsibilities of the appointment it may be necessary to set different 
performance measures and targets initially. 

42

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
Element 

Long term 
incentives

Policy

Awards under the LTIP will be granted in line with the policy outlined for the current executive directors on an annual 
basis but to aid recruitment where necessary the maximum award is 250 per cent of basic salary. 

An award may be made shortly after an appointment (subject to the Company not being in a prohibited period). For an 
internal hire, existing awards would continue over their original vesting period and remain subject to their terms as at the 
date of grant. In addition, if the grant of awards for that individual precedes his or her appointment as a Board director 
for that financial year, the Committee’s policy would include flexibility to top up awards for that year (subject to the overall 
individual salary limit) based on the executive’s new salary.

Buy out awards

In the case of an external hire, if it is necessary to buy out incentive pay or benefit arrangements (which would be 
forfeited on leaving the previous employer), this would be provided for taking into account the form (cash or shares) 
and timing and expected value (i.e. likelihood of meeting any existing performance criteria) of the remuneration 
being forfeited.

Replacement share awards may be granted using the Company’s LTIP (up to the individual limit) or outside of the LTIP 
if necessary and as permitted under the Listing Rules.

Outside board appointments
The Company’s policy is to support an executive should he/she wish to 
take on an external board appointment, provided that there is no conflict 
of interest and the role does not interfere with the executive’s commitment 
or duties. If an executive does take on an external appointment he/she 
may retain any fees paid and will be restricted generally to only one such 
external appointment.

The Company may pay compensation in lieu of the notice period 
of his basic salary only, to be paid in monthly instalments 
(pro rated for the actual notice period). This would apply if the 
Company terminates his contract for any reason other than for 
cause, or if he serves notice to terminate his contract in 12 
months’ time. 

Service contracts
Executive directors’ service contracts contain a termination notice period 
not exceeding 12 months.

Name

Paul Waterman, CEO
Brian Taylorson,  
Finance Director

Date of contract*
6 November 2015
5 June 2005

Notice period

12 months
12 months

* 

 The date of the service contract is not the same as the date of 
appointment which for Paul Waterman was 8 February 2016 and  
Brian Taylorson 2 April 2002.

Policy on payment for loss of office
For the executive directors, the terms covering termination were 
agreed at the date their contracts were made and both are 
required to mitigate their loss in the event of loss of office by 
making efforts to secure a new position. Payments in lieu of notice 
to both the Chief Executive and Finance Director may be reduced or 
ceased if either secures a new position. In the case of the Chief Executive, 
the payments will only be ceased if his salary in his new position is equal 
to or more than his salary on termination; if not his monthly payments will 
be reduced by the gross salary earned by the Chief Executive in his new 
position each month. 

It is the Company’s policy to follow current market practice and preclude 
the inclusion of any payment (benefits, bonus or pension) other than basic 
salary in the calculation of termination payments and a notice period of 
12 months. Payments will be phased on a monthly basis over the 
remaining notice period and the Committee’s position is to ensure 
a director mitigates the loss to the Company. 

Termination payments 
Chief Executive 
The maximum amount payable under Paul Waterman’s contract 
is basic salary, benefits and pension for 12 months while he 
serves his notice period.

Any entitlement to a bonus for any part of a financial year worked 
(including any period of notice worked) prior to cessation of 
employment is subject to the rules of the scheme and subject 
to performance. No bonus is payable for any period of notice 
not worked.

Finance Director 
The maximum amount that would be payable to Brian Taylorson for 
payment in lieu of notice by the Company for any reason other than for 
cause is an initial lump sum of 50 per cent of his basic salary and other 
benefits described below and up to a further 50 per cent payable in a 
lump sum after six months, subject to the Committee being satisfied that 
reasonable efforts to secure a new position have been made during the 
six months following termination. Other benefits comprise: (i) the sums 
that would normally be payable to him in respect of his pension benefits 
pro rated according to notice period being given/served, (ii) the cost 
of providing private medical insurance for him, his spouse and any 
children under 21 for the 12 months following termination and (iii) his 
monthly car allowance for a 12 month period.

No bonus is payable for any period of notice not worked.

The above summary only addresses contractual rights to payments in 
lieu of notice, or during the relevant director’s notice period, and may not 
reflect any settlement or compromise sums which are separately agreed 
at the point of termination.

Committee discretion with regard to incentive plans
For any outstanding LTIP awards these are governed by rules of the 
plan and only in limited circumstances is discretion permitted. In such 
circumstances, the Committee retains the use of discretion in its 
administration of the LTIP as contained in the plan rules.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

43

 
Legacy matters
Legacy awards or other commitments prior to the approval by 
shareholders of this policy report on 22 April 2015, including those 
made prior to 27 June 2012 but not modified or renewed after that date, 
to current or former directors may still be paid notwithstanding that they 
have only been incorporated by reference and not been fully described in 
this Remuneration policy report. These legacy awards and commitments 
comprise the LTIP awards made in 2013 and 2014, as more fully 
described in the Annual report on remuneration.

Non-executive directors’ terms of appointment
Non-executive directors are appointed for a three year term, subject to 
annual re-election by shareholders. For non-executive directors who have 
served for nine years or more, they may be appointed for a further year at 
a time. Each letter of appointment provides that the director’s 
appointment can be terminated by the Company on six months’ notice 
on any grounds without claim for compensation. 

Non-executive directors are not eligible to participate in any pension, 
bonus or share incentive schemes. No individual is allowed to vote on his/
her own remuneration.

The table below provides further details of the letters of appointment that 
the non-executive directors held with the Company during 2015.

Name

Non-executive directors
A Duff
A Christie
S Good
A Hyland
N Salmon

Date of 
appointment 

Date of last 
re-appointment

Date of expiry

01/04/14
11/08/08
20/10/14
01/06/13
20/10/14

N/A
11/08/14
N/A
N/A
N/A

19/04/17
10/08/17
19/10/17
31/05/16
19/10/17

Copies of the executive directors’ service contracts and all letters of 
appointment of non-executive directors are available for inspection at 
the Company’s registered office during normal business hours and will 
be available for inspection at the AGM.

Shareholder engagement
The Committee encourages dialogue with the Company’s shareholders 
and would consult with major shareholders and shareholder 
representative bodies ahead of any significant future changes to 
remuneration policy. 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
CONTINUED

Remuneration policy report (continued)

Committee discretion with regard to incentive plans (continued)
In the specific event of loss of office any discretion exercised would 
depend on the circumstances at that time and the performance achieved 
during the performance period. In the event of the death of an executive 
director and an award has not yet vested the Committee, acting in its 
absolute discretion, may determine vesting from maturity rather than date 
of death. If an executive director ceases employment due to injury, ill 
health, disability, redundancy within the meaning of UK legislation or its 
overseas equivalent, transfer out of the Group/sale of business or 
retirement with employer’s consent (a “Good Leaver” event) and an award 
has not yet vested the Committee acting in its absolute discretion may 
allow early vesting at the date of cessation rather than at date of vesting. 
All such awards would still be subject to performance conditions, which 
the Committee may not waive, as well as pro rating for time which the 
Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, may waive in part or in full if 
it considers acting fairly and reasonably it is appropriate to do so.

Similar provisions apply in the event of a change of control, with 
performance measured up to the date of the relevant event and normally 
scaling back pro rated for time.

It is the Committee’s policy to exercise these discretions in a way that 
would be in the best interests of the Company and depending on the 
individual circumstances of each case. 

The Company operates an annual cash bonus scheme in which 
participation and payments are made subject to the discretion of the 
Committee. It is the Committee’s policy is to exercise any discretion 
in the Company’s best interests and depending on the individual 
circumstances of each case. 

Following the introduction of bonus deferral requirements, the rules of 
the annual bonus scheme have been amended to incorporate the deferral 
requirement as well as recovery and withholding provisions as 
summarised in the remuneration policy table. The rules will include 
discretion for the Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, to waive 
deferral on the occurrence of a Good Leaver event. 

Under the amended rules of the LTIP, the holding period will apply to 
all participants who receive awards unless the Committee determines 
otherwise in its discretion, for example for awards made to below Board 
level participants. The holding period will expire on the earlier of two years 
and the date of specific events, such as a Good Leaver event or a change 
of control, although the Committee does have discretion to end the 
holding period for any other reason. This discretion will not be applied 
in a way that creates adverse tax consequences for US participants.

For US participants, grants under the LTIP and Deferred Share Bonus 
Plan will be treated as “restricted stock units” so as to result in deferral 
of US income tax until the shares are delivered to the participants. 
However, US social security tax will apply to the value of the grants at 
vesting (but not again on delivery of the shares). In order to avoid adverse 
US tax consequences, certain of the LTIP and Deferred Share Bonus Plan 
rules otherwise applicable to the holding/deferral period have been 
modified for US participants (e.g. delivery of shares will result from any 
separation from service of the Company and its affiliates regardless of 
Good Leaver status).

44

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
Annual report on remuneration

This Annual report on remuneration shows how the Company’s policies 
and practices on directors’ remuneration will be applied in 2016 and how 
they were applied in relation to payments in respect of the financial year 
ended 2015. This report and the Chairman’s annual statement on 
remuneration will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2016 AGM.

Implementation of remuneration policy for 2016
This first section of the Annual report on remuneration describes how the 
Committee intends to implement the remuneration policy for the financial 
year ending 31 December 2016.

Basic salaries
The Committee considered carefully salary increases for 2016 and 
decided to award Brian Taylorson a salary increase of 2.87% which is 
in line with the levels of increases for the UK salaried workforce in 2015. 

Paul Waterman
Brian Taylorson

Past directors
David Dutro

Salary as at  
1 January 2016*
$825,000
£347,921

Salary as at  

1 January 2015

n/a
£338,215

Increase

–
2.87%

$875,500

$875,500

 –

*  or date of appointment if later

Pension and benefits
For the year to 31 December 2016, Paul Waterman and Brian Taylorson 
will receive the benefits set out in the Remuneration policy report.

David Dutro’s remuneration in 2016
David Dutro received his basic salary, benefits and pension (pro rated) 
both up until his retirement as CEO at the end of 7 February 2016 and 
during the period when he was appointed Special Advisor to the Board 
(from 8 February to 29 February 2016 inclusive), to ensure a smooth 
handover to Paul Waterman. As explained elsewhere, he did not receive 
(and will not be receiving) any other payment, except for minor contractual 
payments, such as the reimbursement of expenses or accrued but 
unused holiday entitlements, or any payment made in accordance with 
the rules of any welfare or pension plan of which he may be a member 
as a former employee. The treatment of his share based awards are 
explained in the Annual statement on remuneration on page 36. 

Annual bonus
The maximum bonus opportunity will be 150 per cent of basic salary 
for Paul Waterman and 125 per cent of basic salary for Brian Taylorson. 

Any bonus will be payable dependent on the achievement of financial and 
non-financial performance targets split 70:30. The financial performance 
targets will be further split between a PBT and AWC condition (weighted 
80:20). PBT is defined as reported Group profit before tax, before 
non-recurring items, and AWC is the 12 month average working capital 
to sales ratio expressed as a percentage. For the PBT condition, the 
threshold, plan and stretch targets are set at levels considered to be 
sufficiently challenging and bonus accrual at these levels are 0 per cent, 
50 per cent and 100 per cent, respectively, and linear in between. For 
the AWC condition, a single operating plan target must be met for the 
bonus to vest.

For Paul Waterman and Brian Taylorson, the non-financial performance 
measures, which will be specific, measurable and objective, are linked 
to the achievement of Company specific objectives. 

The Committee has discretion to modify the overall amount of bonus 
payable in exceptional circumstances and acting in the best interests 
of the Company.

The Committee considers that the bonus targets are commercially 
sensitive and therefore plans to disclose them only on a retrospective 
basis in next year’s Directors’ remuneration report.

Bonus payments are based on salaries at the time of payment.

All employee share plans
Executive directors will be entitled to participate in any all employee share 
plans on the same terms as any other eligible employee. 

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

45

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
CONTINUED

Annual report on remuneration (continued)

Implementation of remuneration policy for 2016 (continued)
LTIP
For the year to 31 December 2016, the CEO’s and the Finance Director’s 
awards will be 200 per cent and 175 per cent, respectively, of their 
basic salaries.

Buy out awards in respect of Paul Waterman’s recruitment
As the LTIP awards will not be made until after the approval of this 
Directors’ remuneration report, details will be disclosed in next year’s 
Annual Report. A summary of the approach is given in the Annual 
statement on remuneration on page 36.

The performance targets that are intended to apply to the awards to be 
granted in the current year are the same as for 2015 in respect of the 
TSR condition and broadly similar in respect of the EPS condition.

Non-executive directors’ remuneration
For the year to 31 December 2016, the fees payable to the Chairman and 
non-executive directors will be the same as for 2015, as shown below:

Chairman 
Non-executive director
Additional fees:
Senior Independent Director
Chairman of Audit or Remuneration 
Committee 

2016
£

175,000
46,000

8,000

8,000

2015
£

175,000
46,000

8,000

8,000

For the EPS condition, the chart shows that awards will vest on a linear 
scale from 0 per cent to 100 per cent for average annual EPS growth of 
3 per cent to 10 per cent, respectively (2015: RPI + 4 per cent to RPI + 
10 per cent). The removal of the UK RPI benchmark is considered 
appropriate by the Committee in light of the global environment in which 
the Company operates and the population for LTIP awards. The EPS 
growth range has taken into account an assumption of the global 
inflationary environment and the range selected provides a strong link to 
the business strategy and is set at a level which the Committee is satisfied 
is no less challenging in the current environment than the target range set 
in previous years. 

Vesting schedule: EPS performance condition

Percentage of award subject to EPS performance vesting

100

80

60
Vesting schedule: EPS performance condition
40
Percentage of award subject to EPS performance vesting
20
100
0
80

No vesting 
below 3% p.a.

100% vesting above 10% p.a.

100% vesting above 10% p.a.

3%

2%

4%
60
Average EPS growth (% p.a.)
40

5%

6%

7%

8%

9% 10% 11% 12%

No vesting 
below 3% p.a.

20
Vesting schedule: TSR performance condition
For the TSR condition, the chart shows that awards will vest on a linear 
0
scale from 3.85 per cent to 100 per cent for median to upper quartile 
Percentage of award subject to TSR performance vesting
performance, respectively. The TSR condition will be measured against 
100% vesting at Upper quartile or better
4%
100
the companies comprising the FTSE All Share Index (excluding 
Average EPS growth (% p.a.)
80
investment trusts).

9% 10% 11% 12%

6%

2%

8%

3%

7%

5%

60
Vesting schedule: TSR performance condition
40
Percentage of award subject to TSR performance vesting
20
100
0
80

No vesting below Median

100% vesting at Upper quartile or better

3.85% vesting at Median

60
Elementis’s position relative to the FTSE All Share index (excluding investment trusts)
40

Median

Upper quartile

20

0

No vesting below Median

3.85% vesting at Median

Elementis’s position relative to the FTSE All Share index (excluding investment trusts)

Median

Upper quartile

46

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
Remuneration payable to directors for 2015
Although the Company reports its results in US dollars the remainder of this report on remuneration is presented in pounds sterling because the 
majority of the directors are UK based and paid in pounds sterling. 

A breakdown of the directors’ emoluments for the year ended 31 December 2015 is set out in the table below:

£’000

Executive directors
David Dutro1

Brian Taylorson2

Non-executive directors
Andrew Duff3 (Chairman)

Andrew Christie

Steve Good4 

Anne Hyland 

Nick Salmon5

Total

Total

Year

 Fixed

Sub-total

Performance Related

Sub-total

Total

Salary/fees

Benefits

Pension

Bonus

LTIP

2015
2014
2015
2014

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

2015
2014

2015

2014

571
515
338
328

175
123
54
54
46
9
54
54

54
9

1,292

1,0926

25
22
20
19

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

45

41

167
155
238
243

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

763
692
596
590

175
123
54
54
46
9
54
54

54
9

405

398

1,742

1,531

–
265
–
169

–
584
–
444

–
849
–
613

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

434

1,0287

1,462

763
1,541
596
1,203

175
123
54
54
46
9
54
54

54
9

1,742

2,993

Notes
1 

2 

 David Dutro, who was Chief Executive, based in the US and paid in US dollars, received a salary of $875,500 (2014: $850,000). His pension comprises 20 per cent of his salary 
and employer contributions to defined contribution pension schemes. 
 Brian Taylorson’s pension in 2015 and 2014 comprises a salary supplement of 74 per cent of his salary, equivalent to the value of his previous pension arrangements, which 
decreased to 30 per cent from 30 November 2015.

3  Andrew Duff received pro rated fees in 2014, reflecting when he joined the Board and was appointed Chairman. 
4  Steve Good received a pro rated fee in 2014, reflecting when he joined the Board. 
5  Nick Salmon received pro rated fees in 2014, reflecting when he joined the Board and was appointed Senior Independent Director.
6 

 Including former directors who also served during 2014, this amount becomes £1,220k, as disclosed in the 2014 Annual Report. In addition, the stronger US dollar to pounds 
sterling exchange rate in 2015 compared to 2014 has impacted the salary comparison for David Dutro in the above table.
 As required by remuneration reporting regulations, the valuation of the executive directors’ LTIP awards for 2014 has been restated using the actual share price on the 
date of vesting.

7 

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

47

 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
CONTINUED

Annual report on remuneration (continued)

Determination of annual bonus outcome for performance in 2015
This section shows the performance targets set in respect of the 2015 annual bonus scheme, the level of performance achieved and the amount of 
bonus payable to directors. The maximum full year bonus opportunity was 150 per cent and 125 per cent of basic salary, respectively, for the Chief 
Executive and Finance Director.

Full year bonus

PBT ($ million)
AWC (%)

Total full year payment

Relative 
weighting of 
performance 
conditions

80%
20%

100%

FY 2015 bonus plan targets

Threshold

141.9
–

–

Plan

149.3
20.6

–

Stretch

154.2
–

–

Bonus received as % 
of basic salary

Chief 
Executive

Finance 
Director

nil %
nil %

nil %

nil %
nil %

nil %

Actual 
result

116.2
24.7

–

Directors’ share based awards
Determination of 2013 LTIP awards
The awards made in 2013, shown in the table on page 49 headed Directors’ scheme interests, have a vesting date of 2 April 2016. The performance 
conditions (EPS and TSR, split 50:50) relate to performance over the three financial years ended 31 December 2015. Under the EPS condition, all of the 
awards subject to that condition would have vested in full if EPS grew during the three financial years ended 2015 by an average of RPI + 10 per cent 
p.a. or more. Under the TSR condition, all of the awards subject to that condition would have vested in full if the Company’s TSR performance (against 
the FTSE All Share index excluding investment trusts) in the three financial years ended 31 December 2015 was at or above upper quartile. Over the 
performance period, the Company’s EPS growth did not achieve the minimum growth threshold and its TSR performance was 16 per cent which 
placed it at the 27th percentile of companies in the FTSE All Share index. Accordingly, none of the 2013 awards will vest on 2 April 2016 and the LTIP 
component of the total remuneration figure in the table on page 47 are valued at nil. 

LTIP awards granted in the year
LTIP awards made in 2015 are set out in the table below and are subject to EPS and TSR performance conditions (split 50:50) over the three years to 
31 December 2017. For the EPS condition, the awards will vest on a linear scale from 0 per cent to 100 per cent for average annual EPS growth of RPI 
+ 4 per cent to 10 per cent, respectively. For the TSR condition, the awards will vest on a linear scale from 3.85 per cent to 100 per cent for median to 
upper quartile performance, respectively. The TSR condition will be measured against the companies comprising the FTSE All Share Index (excluding 
investment trusts). 

David Dutro

Type 
of share 
award
Nil cost option 
(restricted 
stock unit)

Grant date
27.04.15

Number  

of awards
324,230

Face value of 
award at grant
(£’000)1
1,010

Brian Taylorson

Nil cost option

27.04.15

189,947

592

Percentage that would 
vest at threshold 
performance

The end date of 
the performance 
period

0 per cent of the award subject to the 
EPS condition and 3.85 per cent of the 
award subject to the TSR condition

31.12.17

1 

 For both David Dutro and Brian Taylorson this equates to 175 per cent of their basic salary. The share price used to determine the number of awards granted was 311.60 pence 
being the average mid-market closing share price on the dealing day preceding the date of grant.

Details of awards in savings based share schemes are shown in the table (right).

Sourcing shares for our share plans
Employee share plans comply with Investment Association guidelines on dilution which provide that overall issuance of shares under all plans should 
not exceed an amount equivalent to 10 per cent of the Company’s issued share capital over any ten year period, with a further limitation of 5 per cent 
in any ten year period on discretionary plans. Based on the number of awards that remain outstanding as at the year end, the Company’s headroom 
for all plans is 4.5 per cent and for discretionary plans 3.8 per cent of issued share capital. 

48

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Directors’ scheme interests
The interests of the persons who were directors during the year in the issued shares of the Company were:

Scheme interests

Granted 
during 
2015

Exercised 
during 
2015

Lapsed 
during 
2015

Executive directors
David Dutro

Total scheme interests

Brian Taylorson

Interest 
type

Grant date

23.08.2013
A
A
22.08.2014
B 26.06.2012
B 02.04.2013
01.04.2014
B
27.04.2015
B

01.10.2014
A
B 26.06.2012
B 02.04.2013
01.04.2014
B
27.04.2015
B

Option 
price 
(p)

227.55
242.93
–
–
–
–

216.58
–
–
–
–

01.01.15

2,722
9,523
359,846
289,750
267,507
–

–
–
–
–

324,230

929,348

324,230

8,311
273,693
214,398
193,663
–

–
–
–
–
189,947

Total scheme interests

690,065

189,947

2,722
–
233,396
–
–
–

236,118

–
–
–
–
–

–

Vested but 
unexercised 
share 
options

–
–
–
–
–
–

31.12.15

–
9,523
–
289,750*
267,507
324,230

–
–
126,450
–
–
–

126,450

891,010

–
96,176
–
–
–

8,311
177,517
214,398*
193,663
189,947

Nil

–
177,517
–
–
–

96,176

783,836

177,517

Notes
*  As the performance conditions were not met, these awards will lapse in full on 2 April 2016.
A.   Savings based share options schemes are not subject to performance conditions. David Dutro’s options are held under the US sharesave scheme and would ordinarily vest 

on the second anniversary of the grant date and expire three months thereafter. However, following his retirement, good leaver rules apply and he may exercise these options 
up until the end of April 2016 after which they will lapse. 

B.   LTIP awards are subject to performance conditions. The same EPS growth and relative TSR performance conditions apply in respect of the awards made in 2013, 2014 

and 2015, as described in the Remuneration policy report. These options ordinarily vest on the third anniversary of the grant date and would expire on the tenth anniversary. 
In respect of David Dutro’s unvested LTIP awards, pro rating for time will only be applied to the 2015 awards (shown above before scaling back). Further details are explained 
in the Annual statement on remuneration on page 36. 

Directors’ share interests
The interests of the directors (including any connected persons) during the year (and from the year end to 1 March 2016) in the issued shares of the 
Company were:

Executive directors
David Dutro1 (retired as a director on 07.02.16)
Paul Waterman (appointed a director on 08.02.16)
Brian Taylorson2
Non-executive directors
Andrew Duff
Andrew Christie
Steve Good
Anne Hyland
Nick Salmon

Share interests

01.01.15*

Acquired
during 2015

Disposed 
during 2015

312,343
–
443,778

50,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000

208,475
–
–

–
–
3,000

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

31.12.15

520,818
–
440,778

50,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000

Shareholding 
requirement
met as at 
31.12.15

Yes
N/A
Yes

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Notes
*  Or from date of appointment if later.
1 

 The shares acquired by David Dutro comprise: (i) 2,722 shares retained following the exercise of savings based share options granted in 2013, which, valued at the share price 
on date of exercise of 233.10 pence, resulted in a notional gain of c.£150; (ii) 131,338 shares retained following the exercise and sale of 233,396 shares granted under the LTIP 
in 2012 (which partially vested) at a price of 241.73 pence, giving a pre-tax gain of c.£564k; and (iii) 74,415 shares allocated to him following further investments made by the 
Elementis Unitised Stock Fund in connection with the US 401k pension plan, as announced on 19 June 2015.
 Brian Taylorson’s daughter (who was a connected person when she first acquired the shares) sold 3,000 shares which was held beneficially on 14 May 2015, as announced 
on that date, at a price of 312.25 pence per share. She was no longer a connected person when she sold the shares. 

2 

The market price of ordinary shares at 31 December 2015 was 229.10 pence (2014: 261.80 pence) and the range during 2015 was 208.20 pence 
to 320.50 pence (2014: 227.60 pence to 297.80 pence). 

As at 1 March 2016, the Trustee of the Company’s ESOT held 160,000 shares (2014: nil). As executive directors, Paul Waterman and Brian Taylorson, 
as potential beneficiaries under the ESOT, are deemed to have an interest in any shares that become held in the ESOT. 

As at 1 March 2016, no person who was then a director had any interest in any derivative or other financial instrument relating to the Company’s shares 
and, so far as the Company is aware, none of their connected persons had such an interest. Between 31 December 2015 and 1 March 2016 there was 
no change in the relevant interests of any such directors nor, so far as the Company is aware, in the relevant interests of any of their connected persons.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

49

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
CONTINUED

Annual report on remuneration (continued)

Directors’ share interests (continued)
Other than their service contracts, letters of appointment and letters of indemnity with the Company, none of the directors had an interest in any 
contract of significance in relation to the business of the Company or its subsidiaries at any time during the financial year. 

Retirement benefits
The table below shows the breakdown of the retirement benefits of the executive directors, comprising employer contributions to defined contribution 
plans, accrued benefits under defined benefit schemes and salary supplements paid in cash. 

The amount shown for David Dutro under defined contribution plans reflects total employer contributions in 2015. The amounts paid under these plans 
were £53,032 (2014: £52,206) equivalent to 9.3 per cent (2014: 6.0 per cent) of his total pensionable remuneration in 2015. The payment of a salary 
supplement is explained in the Remuneration policy report on page 40. In addition, as a US salaried executive director, David Dutro participated in the 
Elementis Career Reward Retirement Plan (“ECRRP”) for US employees. On 1 May 2006, the plan was frozen (closed to future accruals). The ECRRP 
is a cash balance retirement plan which falls under the category of defined benefit pension plans in the US. As the plan is closed to future 
accruals, participants’ account balances are no longer credited with contributions, however, interest is credited each year at the US Treasury 30 year 
bond rate. David Dutro’s accrued benefits under this plan are also shown in the table. David Dutro’s normal retirement date under all his pension 
arrangements is 65. The normal pensionable retirement age under the DB scheme for Brian Taylorson is 60. 

Directors’ retirement benefits 

David Dutro
Brian Taylorson

Defined contribution plans

Salary supplement

Defined benefit schemes

2015
£’000

53
–

2014
£’000

52
–

2015
£’000

114
238

2014
£’000

103
243

Accrued 
benefits 
31.12.15
£’000

9
571

Accrued 
benefits 
31.12.14
£’000

9
56

1. 

 Brian Taylorson started drawing down his benefits from the UK defined benefit scheme with effect from his normal retirement date on 15 November 2015; the amount of  
£57k shown is therefore his accrued pension at his normal retirement date. The change in accrued benefit is due to statutory revaluation rather than any accrual of benefits  
over the year. 

Total shareholder return performance and change in CEO’s pay
The graph below illustrates the Company’s total shareholder return for the seven years ended 31 December 2015, relative to the FTSE 250 Index 
(excluding investment trusts), along with a table illustrating the change in CEO pay over the same period. The table also details the varying award 
vesting rates year on year for the annual bonus scheme and LTIP.

As the Company’s shares are denominated and listed in pence, the graph below looks at the total return to 31 December 2015 of £100 invested in 
Elementis on 31 December 2008 compared with that of the total return of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index. This index was selected for the 
purpose of providing a relative comparison of performance because the Company is a member of it.

TSR performance (rebased to 100)

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

£

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

Key

CEO pay (total 
remuneration 
– £’000s)

Annual bonus award 
against maximum 
opportunity

LTIP vesting against
maximum 
opportunity

576 1,031 2,964 3,560 2,252 1,573

763

0% 100% 100% 81% 56% 50% 0%

88% 0% 100% 100% 100% 65% 0%

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Elementis plc
FTSE 250 Index

50

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the total remuneration paid across the Group 
together with the total dividends paid in respect of 2015 and the 
preceding financial year.

Remuneration against distributions 

£m

2015

2014

 change

Remuneration paid to all 
employees (see Note 8 to 
the Consolidated financial 
statements)1
Total dividends paid in 
the year2

67.4

46.0

66.8

38.0

1%

21%

1 

2 

 The amounts for 2015 and 2014 have been converted from dollars into pounds 
sterling using the average USD:GBP exchange rates for those years. 
 2015 and 2014 include a special dividend payment of $32.1 million (£20.8 million) 
and $27.1 million (£16.2 million) respectively. 

Other information about the Committee’s membership  
and operation
Committee composition
The Chairman and members of the Committee are shown on page 26, 
together with their biographical information. Seven meetings were held 
during 2015 and the attendance records of Committee members are 
shown on page 29. All meetings were also attended by the Chairman 
of the Board and the Senior Independent Director, to ensure that all 
non-executive Board members were kept fully informed on the operation 
and work of the Committee. The executive directors also attend meetings 
by invitation, as appropriate, although they are not present when their 
own remuneration arrangements are discussed or, if they are, they do 
not participate in the decision making process.

The Committee receives information and advice from management from 
time to time when considering the implementation of remuneration policy, 
and so recognises the risk of potential conflicts of interest which it 
manages by ensuring that it meets without management present, when 
appropriate, and retains the services of external advisers (see right). 

Percentage change in CEO’s pay
The following table shows the change from 2014 to 2015 of the CEO’s pay 
with regard to the three elements set out below and the corresponding 
change of these elements across all employees within the Group. 

Terms of reference
A full description of the Committee’s terms of reference is available on the 
Company’s website and the following is a summary of its responsibilities:

% Change from 2014 to 2015*

 ▶ Determining the levels of remuneration for the Chairman and executive 

CEO pay (total remuneration)
All employees

Salaries

Benefits

Bonus**

10.9%
2.0%

13.6%
5.0%

(100%)
(100%)

* 

** 

 All percentages are based on converting relevant local currencies into pounds 
sterling using the average rates for the respective year.
 Change in bonus relates to payments in respect of the relevant financial years.

Statement of shareholder voting
The resolutions to approve the 2014 Directors’ remuneration policy and 
Directors’ remuneration report (excluding the remuneration policy) were 
passed on a poll at the Company’s last AGM held on 22 April 2015. 
Set out in the table below are the votes cast by proxy in respect of 
those resolutions. 

Approval of 2014 Directors’ remuneration resolutions

Votes for

%
for

Votes 
against

% 
against

Votes 
withheld

Policy
Report

322,589,945
343,998,197

98.93 3,497,051
99.01 3,429,828

1.07 24,478,522
3,134,493
0.99

Votes withheld are not included in the final figures as they are not 
recognised as a vote in law.

directors and keeping these under review.

 ▶ Making awards under the annual bonus scheme and LTIP, including 

setting performance targets.

 ▶ Monitoring and making recommendations on the design, structure 

and level of remuneration for all senior executives, ensuring that these 
are appropriately linked to the Group’s strategy and aligned with the 
Board’s risk profile.

Evaluation, training and development
On an annual basis the Committee’s effectiveness is reviewed as part 
of the evaluation of the Board. Following the evaluation last year, there 
were no major issues to report. 

During 2015 Committee members attended various external seminars on 
the latest developments on executive remuneration and all Board members 
received briefings from the Company Secretary and the Committee’s 
remuneration advisers throughout the year, to keep them updated on 
topical matters and developments relating to executive remuneration. 

Remuneration advisers
The Committee’s external advisers are New Bridge Street (“NBS”) who 
were appointed after a tender in 2008. This was reviewed again in 2013 
and as a result they were retained as advisers. The Committee is satisfied 
that there is no over reliance on NBS, who have no connection with the 
Company other than as remuneration advisers. Total fees paid or payable 
to NBS in respect of 2015 amount to c.£15,000 for advisory services 
mainly in connection with assisting in the implementation of the changes 
made to incentive plans last year, structuring a remuneration package 
for the new CEO and reviewing the Directors’ remuneration report for 
compliance with regulations. 

Auditable sections of the Directors’ remuneration report
The sections of the Annual report on remuneration that are required to be 
audited by law are as follows: Remuneration payable to directors for 2015; 
and tables headed LTIP awards granted in the year, Directors’ scheme 
interests, Directors’ share interests and Directors’ retirement benefits.

Andrew Christie
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
1 March 2016

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

51

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Report and financial statements
The directors submit their report and the audited financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2015.

This Directors’ report includes the Corporate governance reports from 
pages 28 to 51.

Strategic report, future development, GHG emissions and R&D
The Strategic report, which the Company is required under law to 
prepare, can be found on pages 2 to 25. That report, which forms 
part of this Directors’ report, also includes information about:  
(a) future developments in the business of the Group and  
(b) greenhouse gas emissions. 

The Group undertakes, on a continuing basis, R&D activities for new 
products and to improve existing products.

Takeover directive disclosures
The management report, for the purposes of the UK Listing Authority’s 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections: 
the Strategic report, this Directors’ report, the Directors’ responsibility 
statement and the biographical information on the directors on pages 
26 and 27. 

Dividend
Details about the final dividend for the year, as well as a special dividend, 
are disclosed in the Chairman’s statement on page 2.

Directors and their share interests
The directors of the Company who served during the whole of 2015 were 
Andrew Duff, Andrew Christie, David Dutro, Steve Good, Anne Hyland, 
Nick Salmon and Brian Taylorson. 

The interests of directors in the share capital of the Company are set out 
in the Directors’ remuneration report.

Employment policies and equal opportunities
The Group is an inclusive and equal opportunity employer that relies on 
HR specialists throughout its worldwide locations to ensure compliance 
with all applicable laws governing employment practices and to advise 
on all HR policies and practices, including for example recruitment and 
selection, training and development, promotion and retirement. 

Elementis policies seek to create a workplace that has an open 
atmosphere of trust, honesty and respect. Harassment or discrimination 
of any kind based on race, colour, religion, gender, age, national origin, 
citizenship, mental or physical disabilities, sexual orientation, veteran 
status, or any other similarly protected status is not tolerated. This 
principle applies to all aspects of employment from recruitment and 
promotion, through to termination and all other terms and conditions 
of employment. 

It is Group policy not to discriminate on the basis of any unlawful criteria 
and its practices include the prohibition on the use of child or forced 
labour. Employment policies are fair and equitable and consistent with 
the skills and abilities of the employee and the needs of the business. 
Employees are free to join a trade union or participate in collective 
bargaining arrangements. 

It is also Group policy, for employees who have a disability, to provide 
reasonable accommodation under normal terms and conditions, where 
practicable, and to provide training, career development and promotion, 
as appropriate.

Elementis supports the wider fundamental human rights of its employees 
worldwide, as well as those of our customers and suppliers, and further 
details are set out in the Corporate responsibility report.

52

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Employee communications and involvement
The Group has processes in place for communicating with all its 
employees. Employee communications include information about the 
performance of the Group, on major matters affecting their work, 
employment or workplace and to encourage them to get involved in 
social or community events. 

As is common practice, the Company operates savings based share 
option schemes in the US and UK to encourage employees to become 
shareholders and share in the success of the Group. 

Going concern 
The directors have assessed the Group as a going concern, having given 
consideration to the factors likely to affect its future performance and 
development, the Group’s financial position and the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Group, including the Group’s exposure to credit, 
liquidity and market risk and the mechanisms for dealing with these risks.

The Group’s net cash position at the year end of 2015 was $74 million and 
it has access to a syndicated revolving credit facility of $100 million, which 
expires in October 2018. There is a mechanism in the agreement for the 
facility to be increased by a further $100 million subject to other terms. 

Under this principal borrowing facility, the Group performs covenant tests 
for net debt:EBITDA ratio, interest cover and net worth. No breaches in 
the required covenant tests were reported during the year. The Group also 
uses various short and medium term forecasts to monitor anticipated 
future compliance and these include stress testing assumptions to identify 
the headroom on these covenant tests. 

The directors are satisfied that, after considering all of the above, it is 
appropriate for the Group and the Company to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing these Group and the parent company 
financial statements, and that there are no material uncertainties to the 
ability of the Group and Company to continue to do so over a period of at 
least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. 

Business viability statement
In accordance with Corporate Governance Code provision C.2.2, the 
directors have reviewed the Group’s current position and carried out 
a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties that might 
threaten the business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity 
of the Group, including our resilience to such threats, and consider that 
they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over a period 
of at least three years. 

A period of three years was chosen as being consistent with the Group’s 
business and financial planning models, R&D plans, a number of key 
supply contracts and external borrowing facilities, and three years is the 
period used for mid-term business planning purposes. Whilst the directors 
have no reason to believe that the Group will not be viable over a longer 
period, a three year period allows the directors to make the viability 
statement with a reasonable degree of confidence whilst providing 
shareholders with an appropriate longer term outlook. The directors’ 
viability assessment of the Group’s prospects is based on reviews of 
annual operating and three year business plans, the Group’s strategy, 
principal risks and how these are managed and mitigated. How these 
reviews were carried out, the principal risks and how they are being 
managed are more fully described and explained in the risk management 
section of the Strategic report on pages 15 to 19, together with relevant 
assumptions and qualifications.

Share capital
The Company’s share capital consists of ordinary shares, as set out in 
Note 10 to the Parent company financial statements on page 95. All of the 
Company’s issued ordinary shares are fully paid up and rank equally in all 
respects. The rights attached to them, in addition to those conferred on 
their holders by law, are set out in the Company’s articles of association 
(the “Articles”). Other than those specific provisions set out in the Articles, 
there are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares or on the 
exercise of voting rights attached to them. From time to time the ESOT 
holds shares in the Company for the purposes of various share incentive 
plans and the rights attaching to them are exercised by independent 
trustees, who may take into account any recommendation by the 
Company. As at 31 December 2015 the ESOT held 160,000 shares in 
the Company (2014: nil). A dividend waiver is in place in respect of all 
shares that may become held by the Trust. 

Directors, Articles and purchase of shares
The directors’ powers are conferred on them by UK legislation and by the 
Company’s Articles. Rules about the appointment and replacement of 
directors are also set out in the Articles. 

The Board has the power conferred on it by shareholders to purchase its 
own shares and is seeking renewal of that power at the forthcoming AGM 
within the limits set out in the Notice of Meeting. 

Significant agreements – change of control
There are few significant agreements which the Company is party to 
that take effect, alter or terminate in the event of change of control of the 
Company. The Company is a guarantor under the Group’s $100 million 
revolving credit facility and, in the event of a change of control, any lender 
among the facility syndicate, of which there are four with commitments 
ranging from $20 million to $30 million, may withdraw from the facility 
and that lender’s participation in any loans drawn down are required 
to be repaid. 

The rules of the Company’s various share incentive schemes set out 
the consequences of a change of control of the Company on the rights 
of the participants under those schemes. Under the rules of the respective 
schemes, participants would generally be able to exercise their options 
on a change of control, provided that the relevant performance conditions 
have been satisfied and, where relevant, options are not exchanged for 
new options granted by an acquiring company.

Substantial shareholders
As at 1 March 2016 the Company had been notified, in accordance with 
Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, of the following interests 
in its issued ordinary capital: 

Auditors
As explained in the Audit Committee report, the Board initiated an audit 
tender process during 2015. Consequently, KPMG LLP, which has acted 
as the Company’s auditors since June 2014, will be retiring at the AGM 
once the report and accounts for 2015 have been received. The 
statement of circumstances from KPMG on ceasing to hold office 
required by the Companies Act 2006 will be attached to the Notice 
of Meeting.

Following an audit tender process, the Board is recommending that 
Deloitte LLP be appointed the Company’s auditors and a resolution to 
appoint Deloitte as the auditors of the Company will be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM to be held on 27 April 2016. Details about this proposal 
are set out in the Notice of Meeting accompanying this Annual Report.

Each director in office at the date of this Directors’ report confirms that: 
(a) so far as he/she is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s auditors are unaware; and (b) he/she has taken all the 
steps that he/she ought to have taken as a director to make himself/
herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Political donations 
The Group made no political donations during the year (2014: nil). A 
resolution is being proposed at the 2016 AGM to renew the authorisation 
from shareholders for the Company and its subsidiaries to make political 
donations or incur political expenditure up to a maximum annual limit of 
£50,000. Information about this proposal is explained in the Notice of 
Meeting accompanying this Annual Report.

Directors’ conflicts of interest
Since 2008 Brian Taylorson, who is Finance Director and a trustee of the 
Elementis Group Pension Scheme, has been the only director who is in 
receipt of a conflict authorisation from the Company. The conflict 
authorisation enables him to continue to act as a trustee notwithstanding 
that this role could give rise to a situation in which there is a conflict of 
interest. The conflict authorisation is subject to annual review by the Board 
and was renewed during 2015 for another year. The terms of the conflict 
authorisation have remained unchanged since 2008.

Other information
Information about financial risk management and exposure to financial 
market risks are set out in Note 21 to the financial statements on page 77.

Annual General Meeting
The nineteenth AGM of the Company will be held on Wednesday 27 April 
2016. The Notice of Meeting is included in a separate document sent to 
shareholders.

Ordinary
shares

Percentage of
issued ordinary
share capital

By order of the Board

AXA Investment Managers S.A.
Standard Life Investments Limited
APG Asset Management N.V.
Aberdeen Asset Managers Limited
Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its group

47,357,924
29,345,109
23,136,223
23,089,702
22,776,706

10.23
6.34
5.01
5.00
4.92

Wai Wong
Company Secretary
1 March 2016

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

53

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
consolidated and parent company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare consolidated and parent 
company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they 
are required to prepare the Consolidated financial statements in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable law and 
have elected to prepare the Parent company financial statements in 
accordance with UK Accounting Standards. 

Under company law, the directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of their profit or 
loss for that period. In preparing each of the consolidated and parent 
company financial statements, the directors are required to: 

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible 
for preparing a Strategic report, Directors’ report, Directors’ remuneration 
report and Corporate governance report that complies with that law and 
those regulations. 

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The directors, all of whom are shown on pages 26 and 27, confirm that to 
the best of their knowledge:

 ▶ The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable 
set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole.

 ▶ Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently.
 ▶ Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent.
 ▶ For the Consolidated financial statements, state whether they have 
been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU.

 ▶ The management report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the issuer and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together 
with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

 ▶ For the parent company financial statements, state whether applicable 
UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the Parent company financial 
statements. 

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have general 
responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to 
safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and 
other irregularities. 

By order of the Board

Brian Taylorson
Finance Director
1 March 2016

54

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF ELEMENTIS PLC ONLY

1.  Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Elementis plc for the year 
ended 31 December 2015 set out on pages 58 to 95. In our opinion: 
 ▶ the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 

Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2015 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended; 

 ▶ the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union; 

Post retirement benefits $29.0 million (2014: $65.8 million)
Refer to page 33 (Audit Committee report), page 62 (accounting policy) 
and page 83 (financial disclosures). 

The risk – Significant estimates are made in valuing the Group’s post 
retirement defined benefit scheme obligation (before deducting scheme 
assets) and small changes in assumptions and estimates used would 
have a significant effect on the financial position of the Group. 

 ▶ the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared 
in accordance with UK Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework; and 

 ▶ the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

Our response – Our audit procedures included, with the support of our 
own actuarial specialists, challenging the key assumptions applied, being 
the discount rate, inflation rate and mortality/life expectancy. This included 
a comparison of these key assumptions against externally derived data. 
We also considered the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect 
of the sensitivity of the deficit to these assumptions. 

2. Our assessment of risks of material mis-statement 
In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements, the risks 
of material mis-statement that had the greatest effect on our audit were as 
follows (unchanged from 2014): 

Tax asset recoverability $48.2 million (2014: $56.4 million)
Refer to page 33 (Audit Committee report), page 62 (accounting policy) 
and page 75 (financial disclosures).

Environmental provisions $29.5 million (2014: $31.7 million) 
Refer to page 33 (Audit Committee report), page 62 (accounting policy) 
and page 74 (financial disclosures). 

The risk – The Group has numerous operating and legacy sites worldwide 
and environmental issues and related legal proceedings is inherent within 
the chemicals industry. The amounts involved are significant and future 
cash flows are uncertain whilst the application of accounting standards to 
determine the amount of liability to recognise or release, if any, for 
individual issues requires judgement. 

Our response – Our procedures included correspondence with the 
Group’s external consultants on the current situation and risks regarding 
all identified significant environmental issues. We assessed the 
consistency of the forecast cash flows used as a basis for the provisions 
with previous estimates by comparing the most recent actual cash flows 
with the prior year external report. We compared the discount rate used 
with external market data. In addition, we inspected the Group litigation 
and compliance reports and held discussions with the Group’s internal 
counsel for all significant issues. We also assessed whether the Group’s 
disclosures detailing significant provisions and contingent liabilities 
adequately disclose the potential liabilities of the Group. 

The risk – The Group has recognised significant tax assets in respect of 
Advance Corporation Tax and UK tax losses. There is inherent uncertainty 
involved in forecasting future taxable profits which support the extent to 
which these assets are or are not recognised.

Our response – Our procedures included challenging the basis for key 
assumptions within the Group’s taxable profit forecasts by performing 
sensitivity analysis on the key drivers of revenue. We used our own tax 
specialists to assist us in assessing the recoverability of the Advance 
Corporation Tax and tax losses against the forecast future taxable profits, 
taking into account the Group’s tax position, the amount and timing of 
forecast taxable profits, and our knowledge and experience of the 
application of relevant tax legislation. We also considered the adequacy of 
the Group’s disclosures in respect of the recognition of these tax assets.

3. Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope 
of our audit 
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at  
$6 million (2014: $7 million), determined with reference to a benchmark  
of Group profit before taxation, of which it represents 4.9% (2014: 4.7%). 

We reported to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected 
identified mis-statements exceeding $0.3 million (2014: $0.35 million), in 
addition to other identified mis-statements that warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds. 

Of the Group’s 140 (2014: 139) reporting components, we subjected  
13 (2014: 11) to audits for Group reporting purposes and 29 (2014: 29) to 
specified risk focused audit procedures. The latter were not individually 
financially significant enough to require an audit for Group reporting 
purposes, but did present specific individual risks that needed to be 
addressed.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

55

 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF ELEMENTIS PLC ONLY
CONTINUED

3. Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope 
of our audit (continued)
The components within the scope of our work accounted for the following 
percentages of the Group’s results:

Number of 
components

Group 
revenue

Group profit 
before tax

Group total 
assets

Audits for group 
reporting purposes
Specified risk 
focused audit 
procedures 

Total (2015)

Total (2014)

13

29

42

40

93%

89%

85%

2%

95%

92%

9%

99%

97%

14%

99%

93%

The Group team instructed component auditors as to the significant  
areas to be covered, including the relevant risks detailed above and  
the information to be reported back. The Group team approved 
component materialities, which ranged from $0.4 million to $4.5 million 
(2014: $0.4 million to $4.5 million), having regard to the mix of size and  
risk profile of the Group across the components. The work on 14 of the  
42 in scope components (2014: 9 of the 40 components) was performed 
by component auditors and the rest by the Group team. The Group team 
performed procedures on the items excluded from normalised Group 
profit before tax.

The Group team visited two (2014: two) component locations in the year. 
Video and telephone conference meetings were also held with these 
component auditors and all others that were not physically visited. At 
these visits and meetings, the findings reported to the Group team were 
discussed in more detail and any further work required by the Group audit 
team was then performed by the component auditor. 

4. Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 
2006 is unmodified 
In our opinion: 
 ▶ the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been 
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and 
 ▶ the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report 
for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared 
is consistent with the financial statements. 

5. We have nothing to report on the disclosures of principal risks
 Based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in relation to: 
 ▶ the directors’ Business viability statement on page 52, concerning the 
principal risks, their management, and, based on that, the directors’ 
assessment and expectations of the Group’s continuing in operation 
over the three years to 2018; or 

 ▶ the disclosures in Note 1 to the financial statements on page 62 
concerning the use of the going concern basis of accounting. 

6. We have nothing to report in respect of the matters on which 
we are required to report by exception 
Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, based 
on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have identified other 
information in the Annual Report that contains a material inconsistency 
with either that knowledge or the financial statements, a material 
mis-statement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading. 

In particular, we are required to report to you if: 
 ▶ we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge we 

acquired during our audit and the directors’ statement that they 
consider that the Annual Report and financial statements taken as a 
whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy; or 

 ▶ the Audit Committee report does not appropriately address matters 

communicated by us to the Audit Committee. 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in  
our opinion: 
 ▶ adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or 

 ▶ the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ 

remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or 

 ▶ certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not 

made; or

 ▶ we have not received all the information and explanations we require 

for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review: 
 ▶ the directors’ statements, set out on page 52, in relation to going 

concern and longer term viability; and 

 ▶ the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 29 and 30 
relating to the Company’s compliance with the 11 provisions of the 
2014 UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the above responsibilities. 

56

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Scope and responsibilities 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set 
out on page 54, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view. A description of the scope of an audit of financial statements is 
provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk/
auditscopeukprivate. This report is made solely to the Company’s 
members as a body and is subject to important explanations and 
disclaimers regarding our responsibilities, published on our website at 
www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2014a, which are incorporated into 
this report as if set out in full and should be read to provide an 
understanding of the purpose of this report, the work we have undertaken 
and the basis of our opinions.

Lynton Richmond (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
15 Canada Square 
London 
E14 5GL 
1 March 2016 

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

57

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Profit on property disposal

Operating profit

Other expenses
Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before income tax
Tax

Profit for the year 

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share

Basic (cents)
Diluted (cents)

Before non- 
recurring 
items 
$million
678.8
(418.8)

Note
2

Non- 
recurring 
items 
 (Note 5) 
$million
–
–

2015 After 
non- 
recurring 
items
 $million
678.8
(418.8)

Before non- 
recurring  
items 
$million
790.4
(486.1)

Non- 
recurring 
 items
 (Note 5) 
$million
–
–

2014 After
non- 
recurring 
 items
 $million
790.4
(486.1)

260.0
(85.8)
(51.7)
–

122.5

(2.1)
0.2
(4.4)

116.2
(19.3)

96.9

96.9

96.9

–
–
(11.4)
17.0

5.6

–
–
–

5.6
(7.2)

(1.6)

(1.6)

(1.6)

260.0
(85.8)
(63.1)
17.0

128.1

(2.1)
0.2
(4.4)

121.8
(26.5)

95.3

95.3

95.3

20.6
20.4

2

3
4

6

9
9

304.3
(92.3)
(61.9)
–

150.1

(1.9)
0.3
(6.6)

141.9
(26.3)

115.6

115.6

115.6

–
–
6.3
–

6.3

–
–
–

6.3
53.5

59.8

59.8

59.8

304.3
(92.3)
(55.6)
–

156.4

(1.9)
0.3
(6.6)

148.2
27.2

175.4

175.4

175.4

38.1
37.7

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:
  Remeasurements of retirement benefit obligations
  Deferred tax associated with retirement benefit obligations

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:
  Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
  Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
  Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to income statement
  Tax benefit associated with exercise of share options

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent

Total comprehensive income for the year

58

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 2015
$million
95.3

 2014
$million
175.4

17.4
(6.6)

(21.7)
(0.9)
(0.1)
–

(11.9)

83.4

83.4

83.4

(18.5)
14.1

(11.6)
0.1
(0.3)
2.8

(13.4)

162.0

162.0

162.0

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AT 31 DECEMBER 2015

Non-current assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
ACT recoverable
Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivatives
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Bank overdrafts and loans
Trade and other payables
Derivatives
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Retirement benefit obligations
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

 2015
 31 December
$million

 2014
 31 December
$million

Note

10
11
16
16

12
13

20

19
14

15

19
23
16
15

17

18

362.5
211.2
34.0
14.2

621.9

119.5
103.8
–
79.1

302.4

924.3

(5.1)
(79.9)
(0.3)
(0.6)
(9.5)

(95.4)

–
(29.0)
(113.0)
(28.9)

(170.9)

(266.3)

658.0

44.4
20.2
93.0
500.4

658.0

373.0
211.7
42.0
14.4

641.1

137.5
121.4
0.7
73.7

333.3

974.4

(8.1)
(122.0)
(0.2)
(5.1)
(6.7)

(142.1)

(1.4)
(65.8)
(92.7)
(28.3)

(188.2)

(330.3)

644.1

44.4
18.7
116.4
464.6

644.1

Total equity

658.0

644.1

The financial statements on pages 58 to 89 were approved by the Board on 1 March 2016 and signed on its behalf by:

Brian Taylorson
Finance Director

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

59

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Share 
capital
 $million
44.1

Share 
premium 
$million
16.7

Translation 
reserve 
$million
(28.8)

Hedging 
reserve 
$million
(6.7)

Other 
reserves
$million
165.4

Retained 
earnings
$million
353.2

Total
$million
 543.9

Non- 
controlling 
interest 
$million
1.6

Total 
equity
$million
545.5

Balance at 1 January 2014

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Exchange differences
Fair value of cash flow hedges 
transferred to the income statement
Effective portion of changes in fair 
value of cash flow hedges
Remeasurements of retirement benefit 
obligations
Tax benefit associated with exercise 
of share options
Deferred tax adjustment on pension 
scheme deficit
Transfer

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Issue of shares by the Company 
Share based payments
Deferred tax on share based 
payments recognised within equity
Dividends paid
Change in ownership interests in 
subsidiaries

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 December 2014

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

0.3
–

–
–

–

0.3

44.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

2.0
–

–
–

–

2.0

18.7

–

(11.5)

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

(0.3)

 0.1 

–

–

–
–

(11.5)

(11.5)

(0.2)

(0.2)

–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–
–

–

–

–

175.4

175.4

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

–
(4.1)

(4.2)

(4.2)

(0.1)
2.5

–
–

–

2.4

–

–

–

(11.6)

(0.3)

0.1

(18.5)

(18.5)

2.8

14.1
4.1

2.5

177.9

–
–

(1.8)
(64.7)

–

(66.5)

464.6

2.8

14.1
–

(13.4)

162.0

2.2
2.5

(1.8)
(64.7)

–

(61.8)

644.1

(40.3)

(6.9)

163.6

Balance at 1 January 2015

44.4

18.7

(40.3)

(6.9)

163.6

464.6

644.1

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Exchange differences
Fair value of cash flow hedges 
transferred to the income statement
Effective portion of changes in fair 
value of cash flow hedges
Remeasurements of retirement benefit 
obligations
Deferred tax adjustment on pension 
scheme deficit
Transfer

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Purchase of own shares
Issue of shares by the Company 
Share based payments
Deferred tax on share based 
payments recognised within equity
Dividends paid

Total transactions with owners

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

Balance at 31 December 2015

44.4

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
1.5
–

–
–

1.5

20.2

–

 (21.7)

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

(0.1) 

(0.9)

–

–
–

 (21.7)

 (21.7)

(1.0)

(1.0)

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
(2.6)

(2.6)

(2.6)

–
(0.2)
2.1

–
–

1.9

95.3

95.3

–

–

–

(21.7)

(0.1)

(0.9)

17.4

17.4

(6.6)
2.6

13.4

108.7

(0.6)
–
–

(1.2)
(71.1)

(72.9)

(6.6)
–

(11.9)

83.4

(0.6)
1.3
2.1

(1.2)
(71.1)

(69.5)

 (62.0)

(7.9)

162.9

500.4

658.0

60

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–
–

(1.6)

(1.6)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

175.4

(11.6)

(0.3)

0.1

(18.5)

2.8

14.1
–

(13.4)

162.0

2.2
2.5

(1.8)
(64.7)

(1.6)

(63.4)

644.1

644.1

95.3

(21.7)

(0.1)

(0.9)

17.4

(6.6)
–

(11.9)

83.4

(0.6)
1.3
2.1

(1.2)
(71.1)

(69.5)

658.0

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Operating activities:
Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Other expenses
Finance income
Finance costs
Tax charge/(credit)
Depreciation and amortisation
Decrease in provisions
Pension payments net of current service cost
Share based payments
Non-recurring items
Cash flow in respect of non-recurring items

Operating cash flow before movement in working capital
Decrease/(increase) in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated by operations
Income taxes paid
Interest paid

Net cash flow from operating activities

Investing activities:
Interest received
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of business
Acquisition of intangible assets

Net cash flow from investing activities

Financing activities:
Issue of shares by the Company and the ESOT
Dividends paid
Receipt of unclaimed dividends
Purchase of shares by the ESOT
Decrease in borrowings 

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Note

2015
$million 

2014
$million

95.3

175.4

2.1
(0.2)
4.4
26.5
26.9
(5.0)
(22.8)
2.1
(5.6)
(7.7)

116.0
14.7
11.8
(39.4)

103.1
(12.7)
(1.2)

89.2

0.2
24.0
(30.3)
–
(1.1)

(7.2)

1.4
(71.1)
–
(0.6)
(3.9)

(74.2)

7.8
73.7
(2.4)

79.1

1.9
(0.3)
6.6
(27.2)
25.2
(2.8)
(49.5)
2.5
(6.3)
(3.1)

122.4
(12.7)
(0.1)
17.1

126.7
(12.0)
(1.6)

113.1

0.3
0.9
(35.4)
(4.1)
(0.4)

(38.7)

2.1
(64.7)
0.2
–
(0.3)

(62.7)

11.7
64.5
(2.5)

73.7

20

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

61

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

1.  Accounting policies
Elementis plc is a company incorporated in the UK. The Group financial 
statements have been prepared and approved by the directors in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted 
by the EU (‘adopted IFRS’). The Company has elected to prepare its 
parent company financial statements in accordance with UK GAAP. 
These are presented on pages 90 to 95.

b. 

Basis of preparation 
The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis 
except that derivative financial instruments and financial instruments held 
for trading or available for sale are stated at their fair value. Non-current 
assets held for sale are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair 
value less costs to sell. The preparation of financial statements requires 
the application of estimates and judgements that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and costs and related 
disclosures at the balance sheet date. The accounting policies set out 
below have been consistently applied across Group companies to all 
periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. 
The rationale for adopting this basis is discussed in the Directors’ report 
on page 52.

Reporting currency 
As a consequence of the majority of the Group’s sales and earnings 
originating in US dollars or US dollar linked currencies, the Group has 
chosen the US dollar as its reporting currency. This aligns the Group’s 
external reporting with the profile of the Group, as well as with internal 
management reporting.

Critical accounting policies 
Critical accounting policies are those that require significant judgements 
or estimates and potentially result in materially different results under 
different assumptions or conditions. It is considered that the Group’s 
critical accounting policies are limited to those described below. The 
development of the estimates and disclosures related to each of these 
matters has been discussed by the Audit Committee.

a. 

 Provisions 
 A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has 
a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, 
and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required 
to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, provisions are 
determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a 
pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value 
of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

 A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has 
approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the 
restructuring has either commenced or has been announced publicly. 
In accordance with the Group’s environmental policy and applicable 
legal requirements, a provision for site restoration in respect of 
contaminated land is recognised when the land is contaminated. 
Provisions for environmental issues are judgemental by their nature, 
particularly when considering the size and timing of remediation 
spending, and more difficult to estimate when they relate to sites no 
longer directly controlled by the Group. 

62

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 Pension and other post retirement benefits 
 In respect of the Group’s defined benefit schemes, the Group’s net 
obligation in respect of defined benefit pension plans is calculated by 
estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned 
in return for their service in the current and prior periods, that benefit 
is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of any 
plan assets is deducted. The liability discount rate is the yield at the 
balance sheet date on AA credit rated bonds that have maturity dates 
approximating to the terms of the Group’s obligations. Pension and 
post retirement liabilities are calculated by qualified actuaries using 
the projected unit credit method. Following the introduction of the 
revised IAS19 Employee Benefits standard, the net interest on the 
defined benefit liability consists of the interest cost on the defined 
benefit obligation and the interest income on plan assets, both 
calculated by reference to the discount rate used to measure the 
defined benefit obligation at the start of the period.

 In accordance with IAS19, for any pension plan in surplus, the amount 
recognised as an asset is limited to an asset ceiling, being the present 
value of any potential refund or a reduction in future contributions. 
Following the guidance in IFRIC 14, the Group has assessed the 
nature of the minimum funding requirement of the UK scheme 
alongside the unconditional right to a refund of any surplus under any 
winding up of the plan and concluded it is appropriate to recognise 
the full value of any pension surplus.

 The Group recognises actuarial gains and losses in the period in 
which they occur through the statement of comprehensive income. 
The Group also operates a small number of defined contribution 
schemes and the contributions payable during the year are 
recognised as incurred. Due to the size of the Group’s pension 
scheme assets and liabilities, relatively small changes in the 
assumptions can have a significant impact on the expense recorded 
in the income statement and on the pension liability recorded in the 
balance sheet.

c.  Taxation

 Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and 
deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in 
equity or in other comprehensive income. Current tax is the expected 
tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates 
enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any 
adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. Deferred tax 
is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary 
differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill; 
the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither 
accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination; 
and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The 
amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner 
of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the 
extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which the asset can be utilised. In 2014, an asset of  
$42.0 million was recognised relating to UK advance corporation 
credits which had previously been unrecognised because of 
uncertainty over the availability of UK taxable profits and hence a tax 
liability against which to utilise the credits. During 2014 the Group 
transferred some profitable product manufacturing to the UK from 
overseas, restructured the financing of an overseas subsidiary and 
gained greater certainty on future UK pension contributions, all of 
which led to a reasonable expectation that UK taxable profits would 
arise in the future and therefore that the tax credits should be 
recognised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Group is required to estimate the income tax in each of the 
jurisdictions in which it operates. This requires an estimation of 
current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary 
differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting 
and tax treatments. The Group operates in a number of countries 
in the world and is subject to many tax jurisdictions and rules. 
As a consequence the Group is subject to tax audits, which by their 
nature are often complex and can require several years to conclude. 
Management’s judgement is required to determine the total provision 
for income tax. Amounts are accrued based on management’s 
interpretation of country specific tax law and likelihood of settlement. 
However the actual tax liabilities could differ from the position and in 
such events an adjustment would be required in the subsequent 
period which could have a material impact. Tax benefits are not 
recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. 
Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material 
tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full 
recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through 
negotiation. This evaluation requires judgements to be made including 
the forecast of future taxable income.

d.  Non-recurring items 

 The Group presents certain items separately as ‘non-recurring’. These 
are items which in management’s judgement, need to be disclosed by 
virtue of their size and one time nature in order for the user to obtain a 
proper understanding of the financial information. The determination 
of which items are separately disclosed as non-recurring items 
requires a degree of judgement.

Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements 
of the Company and its subsidiaries for the period. IFRS 10 Consolidated 
Financial Statements introduces new principles for control which focuses 
on whether the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns 
from its involvement with entities and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power over those entities. The Group’s consolidation scope 
and the accounting treatment of its investments in other entities was 
unaffected by the adoption of IFRS 10.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during a period 
are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date 
that control commences until the date that control ceases.

The Group adopted IFRS 3 (revised), Business Combinations, for 
business combinations where the acquisition date was on or after 
1 January 2010. This measures goodwill at the acquisition date as the 
fair value of the consideration transferred, the recognised amount of any 
non-controlling interests in the acquiree plus, if the business combination 
is achieved in stages, the fair value of the existing equity interest in the 
acquiree, less the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed. Acquisition costs are accounted for as an expense 
in the period incurred. For acquisitions that were made by the Group 
between its initial adoption of IFRS in 2005 and 31 December 2009 
goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the 
Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities of the acquired. Transaction costs, other than those 
associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the Group 
incurred in connection with business combinations were capitalised 
as part of the cost of the acquisition.

In accordance with the transitional rules of IFRS 1, the Company has 
not restated business combinations that took place prior to the date 
of transition to IFRS of 1 January 2004. As a consequence the Scheme 
of Arrangement entered into in 1998 whereby the Company acquired 
Elementis Holdings Limited and applied the true and fair override 
to account for the transaction as a merger has not been restated 
under IFRS.

Intragroup balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and 
expenses arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in preparing 
the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated 
in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there 
is no evidence of impairment.

Foreign currency 
a.  Foreign currency transactions 

 Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet 
date are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. 
Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised 
in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value 
are translated at exchange rates ruling at the dates the fair value 
was determined.

b.  Financial statements of foreign operations 

 The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill 
and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated 
at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues 
and expenses of foreign operations are translated at the average 
rates of exchange ruling for the relevant period. Exchange differences 
arising since 1 January 2004 on translation are taken to the translation 
reserve. They are recognised in the income statement upon disposal 
of the foreign operation. The Group may hedge a portion of the 
translation of its overseas net assets through pounds sterling and 
Euro borrowings. From 1 January 2005, the Group has elected to 
apply net investment hedge accounting for these transactions where 
possible. Where hedging is applied, the effective portion of the gain 
or loss on an instrument used to hedge a net investment is 
recognised in equity. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is 
recognised in the income statement. 

Associates 
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, 
but not control over the financial and operating policies. The consolidated 
financial statements include the Group’s share of the post-acquisition total 
recognised gains and losses and the net assets of associates on an 
equity accounted basis. Where the Group’s share of losses exceeds its 
investment in an associate, the Group’s carrying amount is reduced to nil 
and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that 
the Group has incurred a legal or constructive obligation. 

Property, plant and equipment 
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Freehold land is not 
depreciated. Leasehold property is depreciated over the period of the 
lease. Freehold buildings, plant and machinery, fixtures, fittings and 
equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives on a straight 
line basis. Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are 
assessed at the reporting date. No depreciation is charged on assets 
under construction until the asset is brought into use. 
Estimates of useful lives of these assets are:

Buildings 
Plant and machinery 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 

10 – 50 years
2 – 20 years
2 – 20 years

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

63

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

1.   Accounting policies (continued) 
The cost of replacing part of an item of property, plant and equipment 
is recognised in the carrying amount of the item if it is probable that the 
future economic benefits embodied within it will flow to the Group and 
its cost can be measured reliably. The costs of the day-to-day servicing 
of property, plant and equipment are recognised in the income statement 
as incurred. Management regularly considers whether there are any 
indications of impairment to carrying values of property, plant and 
equipment. Impairment reviews are based on risk adjusted discounted 
cash flow projections. Significant judgement is applied to the assumptions 
underlying these projections which include estimated discount rates, 
growth rates, future selling prices and direct costs. Changes to these 
assumptions could have a material impact on the financial position 
of the Group and on the result for the year.

Intangible assets
a.  Goodwill 

 All business combinations since the transition to IFRS on 1 January 
2004 are accounted for by applying the purchase method. In respect 
of business acquisitions that have occurred since the transition date, 
goodwill represents the difference between the cost of the 
consideration given and the fair value of net identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. In respect of acquisitions 
prior to this date, goodwill is included on the basis of its deemed cost, 
which represents the amount recorded under previous GAAP. 
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units and tested annually 
for  impairment. Changes to the assumptions used in impairment 
testing could have a material impact on the financial position of the 
Group and of the result for the year.

b.  Research and development 

 Expenditure on pure research is recognised in the income statement 
as an expense as incurred. Under IAS38, expenditure on 
development where research findings are applied to a plan or design 
for the production of new or substantially improved products and 
processes is capitalised if the product or process will give rise to 
future economic benefits and where the cost of the capitalised asset 
can be measured reliably. Expenditure capitalised is stated as the 
cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of 
overheads less accumulated amortisation. The length of development 
lifecycles, broad nature of much of the research undertaken and 
uncertainty until a late stage as to ultimate commercial viability of a 
potential product can mean that the measurement criteria of IAS38 
regarding the probability of future economic benefits and the reliability 
of allocating costs may not be met, in which case expenditure 
is expensed as incurred. 

c.  Other intangible assets 

 Other intangible assets are stated at cost or when arising in a 
business combination, estimated fair value, less accumulated 
amortisation.

d.  Amortisation 

 Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless such 
lives are indefinite. On this basis there is no amortisation of intangible 
assets relating to brand. Goodwill is systematically tested for 
impairment at each balance sheet date. Other intangible assets, 
comprising customer lists, trademarks, patents and non-compete 
clauses, are amortised over their estimated useful lives which range 
from 5-10 years.

64

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Impairment 
The carrying amount of non-current assets other than deferred tax is 
compared to the asset’s recoverable amount at each balance sheet date 
where there is an indication of impairment. For goodwill, assets that have 
an indefinite useful life and intangible assets that are not yet available for 
use, the recoverable amount is estimated at each balance sheet date. An 
impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset 
or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment 
losses are recognised in the income statement.

Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash-generating units are 
allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to 
cash-generating units and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other 
assets in the unit on a pro rata basis. A cash generating unit is the 
smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are 
largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of 
assets. 

The recoverable amount is the greater of their fair value less costs to sell 
and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and 
the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely 
independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the 
cash generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Leased assets 
Leases which result in the Group receiving substantially all of the risks and 
rewards of ownership of an asset are treated as finance leases. An asset 
held under a finance lease is recorded in the balance sheet and 
depreciated over the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease term. 
Future instalments net of finance charges are included within borrowings. 
Minimum lease payments are apportioned between the finance charge, 
which is allocated to each period to produce a constant periodic rate of 
interest on the remaining liability and charged to the income statement 
and reduction of the outstanding liability. Rental costs arising from 
operating leases are charged on a straight line basis over the period of 
the lease.

Investments 
Investments comprising loans and receivables are stated at amortised 
cost.

Government grants 
Grants against capital expenditure from government and other bodies are 
shown separately in the balance sheet. Such grants are released to the 
profit and loss account over the same period for which the relevant assets 
are depreciated.

Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net 
realisable value is the estimated selling price, less estimated costs of 
completion and selling expenses. Cost, which is based on a weighted 
average, includes expenditure incurred in acquiring stock and bringing it 
to its existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured 
inventories and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of 
overheads attributable to manufacture, based on normal operating 
capacity.

Trade receivables 
Trade receivables are non interest bearing and are stated at their nominal 
amount which is the original invoiced amount less provision made for bad 
and doubtful receivables. Estimated irrecoverable amounts are based on 
the ageing of receivables and historical experience. Individual trade 
receivables are written off when management deem them no longer to be 
collectable.

 
 
 
 
b.  Fair value hedges 

 Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge 
of the variability in a fair value of a recognised asset or liability or an 
unrecognised firm commitment, all changes in the fair value of the 
derivative are recognised immediately in the income statement. 
 The carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted by the change in fair 
value that is attributable to the risk being hedged (even if it is normally 
carried at cost or amortised cost) and any gains or losses on 
remeasurement are recognised immediately in the income statement 
(even if those gains would normally be recognised directly in reserves).

Termination benefits 
Termination benefits are recognised as an expense when the Group 
is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility of withdrawal, 
to a formal detailed plan to terminate employment before the normal 
retirement date. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are 
recognised if the Group has made an offer encouraging voluntary 
redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number 
of acceptances can be estimated reliably.

Revenue 
Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable, net of returns, trade discounts and 
rebates. Revenue is recognised in the income statement only where there 
is evidence that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been 
transferred to the customer and where the collectability of revenue is 
reasonably assured. This may occur, depending on the individual 
customer relationship, when the product has been transferred to a freight 
carrier, when the customer has received the product or, for consignment 
stock held at customers’ premises, when usage reports for the relevant 
period have been compiled.

Other expenses 
Other expenses are administration costs incurred and paid by the 
Group’s pension schemes, which relate primarily to former employees 
of legacy businesses. 

Finance income and finance costs 
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested and 
changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value taken to the 
income statement. Interest income is recognised as it accrues, using 
the effective interest method. Finance costs comprise interest expense 
on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, dividends on 
preference shares classified as liabilities, foreign currency losses and 
changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value taken to the 
income statement. All borrowing costs are recognised in the income 
statement using the effective interest method.

Share based payments 
The fair value of equity settled share options, cash settled shadow options 
and LTIP awards granted to employees is recognised as an expense with 
a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant 
date and spread over the period during which the employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the options/awards. The fair value of the 
options/awards granted is measured using a binomial model, taking into 
account the terms and conditions upon which the options/awards were 
granted. The amount recognised as an employee expense is adjusted to 
reflect the actual number of share options/awards that vest except where 
forfeiture is only due to share prices not achieving the threshold for 
vesting.

Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations 
A non-current asset or a group of assets containing a non-current asset (a 
disposal group), is classified as held for sale if its carrying amount will be 
recovered principally through sale rather than through continuing use, it is 
available for immediate sale and is highly probable within one year. On 
initial classification as held for sale, non-current assets and disposal 
groups are measured at the lower of previous carrying amount and fair 
value less costs to sell with any adjustments taken to profit or loss. The 
same applies to gains and losses on subsequent remeasurement.

A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that 
represents a separate major line of business or geographic area of 
operations or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale, 
that has been disposed of, has been abandoned or that meets the criteria 
to be classified as held for sale.

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits 
with an original maturity of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are 
repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash 
management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents 
for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

Borrowings 
Borrowings are initially measured at cost (which is equal to the fair value 
at inception), and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the  effective interest rate method. Any difference between the proceeds, 
net of transaction costs and the settlement or redemption of borrowings 
is recognised over the terms of the borrowings using the effective interest 
rate method.

Trade payables 
Trade payables are non interest bearing borrowings and are initially 
measured at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost.

Share capital 
Incremental costs directly attributable to issue of ordinary shares and 
share options are recognised as a deduction from equity. When share 
capital recognised as equity is repurchased, the amount of the 
consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised 
as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares by the Company 
are classified as treasury shares and are presented as a deduction 
from total equity. 

Derivative financial instruments 
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure 
to foreign exchange and interest rate risks. The Group does not hold 
or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. However, 
derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are accounted for 
as trading instruments. Due to the requirement to measure the 
effectiveness of hedging instruments, changes in market conditions 
can result in the recognition of unrealised gains or losses on hedging 
instruments in the income statement.

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value. 
The gain or loss on remeasurement to fair value is recognised immediately 
in the income statement. However, where derivatives qualify for hedge 
accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on the 
nature of the item being hedged. The fair value of forward exchange 
contracts is their quoted market price at the balance sheet date, being 
the present value of the quoted forward price.

a.  Cash flow hedges 

 Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of 
the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability, or a highly 
probable forecast transaction, the effective part of any gain or loss on 
the derivative financial instrument is recognised directly in the hedging 
reserve. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised 
immediately in the income statement.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

65

 
 
 
2.  Operating segments
Business segments
The Group has determined its operating segments on the basis of those 
used for management, internal reporting purposes and the allocation of 
strategic resources. In accordance with the provisions of IFRS 8, the 
Group’s chief operating decision maker is the Board of Directors. The 
three reportable segments, Specialty Products, Surfactants and 
Chromium, each have distinct product groupings and, with the exception 
of Surfactants which shares a common management structure with 
Specialty Products, separate management structures. Segment results, 
assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment and 
those that may be reasonably allocated from corporate activities. 
Presentation of the segmental results is on a basis consistent with those 
used for reporting Group results. Principal activities of the reportable 
segments are as follows:

Specialty Products:
 ▶ Production of rheological and other specialty additives, compounded 

products and colourants.

Surfactants: 
 ▶ Production of surface active ingredients.

Chromium:
 ▶ Production of chromium chemicals.

Inter-segment pricing is set at a level that equates to the manufacturing 
cost of the product plus a commercially appropriate mark up.

Unallocated items and those relating to corporate functions such as tax 
and treasury are presented in the tables below as central costs.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

1.   Accounting policies (continued) 
Own shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)
Transactions of the Group sponsored ESOT are included in the 
consolidated financial statements. In particular, the ESOT’s purchases  
of shares in the Company are charged directly to equity.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 
New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations that are 
not yet effective for the year ended 31 December 2015, and have not 
been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements,  
but that become mandatory for the Group’s 2016 financial statements  
are as follows:

Amendment to IFRS 11, ‘Joint arrangements’ on acquisition of an 
interest in a joint operation 
This amendment adds new guidance on how to account for the 
acquisition of an interest in a joint operation that constitutes a business. 
The amendments specify the appropriate accounting treatment for 
such acquisitions.

Amendment to IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and 
IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’, on depreciation and amortisation 
In this amendment the IASB has clarified that the use of revenue based 
methods to calculate the depreciation of an asset is not appropriate 
because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an 
asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the 
economic benefits embodied in the asset. The IASB has also clarified  
that revenue is generally presumed to be an inappropriate basis for 
measuring the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in an 
intangible asset.

Amendments to IAS 27, ‘Separate financial statements’ on the 
equity method 
These amendments allow entities to use the equity method to account for 
investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in their separate 
financial statements.

Annual improvements 2014 
This set of amendments impacts four standards:
 ▶ IFRS 5, ‘Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations’ 

regarding methods of disposal.

 ▶ IFRS 7, ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’, (with consequential 

amendments to IFRS 1) regarding servicing contracts.
 ▶ IAS 19, ‘Employee benefits’ regarding discount rates.
 ▶ IAS 34, ‘Interim financial reporting’ regarding disclosure of information.

Amendment to IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’  
on the disclosure initiative 
These amendments are as part of the IASB initiative to improve 
presentation and disclosure in financial reports.

The Group has not yet determined the potential impact of these new 
standards and interpretations on the 2016 financial statements.

66

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
 
Segmental analysis for the year ended 31 December 2015

Revenue
Internal revenue

Revenue from external customers

Operating profit before non-recurring items
Head office cost allocations
Non-recurring items

Profit/(loss) before interest
Other expenses
Finance income
Finance expense
Taxation – pre non-recurring items 
Taxation – non-recurring items

Profit for the period

Fixed assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
ACT recoverable
Deferred tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Segment assets

Trade and other payables
Operating provisions
Bank overdrafts and loans
Derivatives
Current tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations
Deferred tax liabilities

Segment liabilities

Net assets

Capital additions
Depreciation and amortisation

Information by geographic area

Revenue from external customers
Non-current assets
Capital additions
Depreciation and amortisation

Specialty 
Products
$million

453.2
(0.1)

453.1

82.2
(2.2)
(2.4)

77.6
–
–
–
–
–

77.6

494.0
71.1
63.0
–
–
–

628.1

(47.2)
(2.4)
–
–
–
–
–

(49.6)

578.5

16.1
(16.2)

2015

Surfactants 
$million

Chromium 
$million

Segment 
totals 
$million

Central
costs 
$million

Total 
$million

53.8
–

53.8

4.8
(0.3)
(1.2)

3.3
–
–
–
–
–

3.3

20.8
4.6
7.6
–
–
–

33.0

(9.8)
(2.6)
–
–
–
–
–

(12.4)

20.6

4.6
(1.8)

182.7
(10.8)

171.9

49.8
(0.9)
12.0

60.9
–
–
–
–
–

60.9

70.1
43.7
30.9
–
–
–

144.7

(17.1)
(19.0)
–
–
–
–
–

(36.1)

108.6

10.5
(7.9)

689.7
(10.9)

678.8

136.8
(3.4)
8.4

141.8
–
–
–
–
–

141.8

584.9
119.4
101.5
–
–
–

805.8

(74.1)
(24.0)
–
–
–
–
–

(98.1)

707.7

31.2
(25.9)

–
–

–

(14.3)
3.4
(2.8)

(13.7)
(2.1)
0.2
(4.4)
(19.3)
(7.2)

(46.5)

(11.2)
0.1
2.3
34.0
14.2
79.1

118.5

(5.8)
(14.4)
(5.1)
(0.3)
(0.6)
(29.0)
(113.0)

(168.2)

(49.7)

0.2
(1.0)

North 
America 
$million

United 
Kingdom 
$million

Rest of 
Europe 
$million

Rest of 
the World 
$million

230.8
442.3
20.6
(18.6)

31.4
40.0
1.4
(1.3)

161.4
35.6
6.7
(2.8)

255.2
55.8
2.7
(4.2)

689.7
(10.9)

678.8

122.5
–
5.6

128.1
(2.1)
0.2
(4.4)
(19.3)
(7.2)

95.3

573.7
119.5
103.8
34.0
14.2
79.1

924.3

(79.9)
(38.4)
(5.1)
(0.3)
(0.6)
(29.0)
(113.0)

(266.3)

658.0

31.4
(26.9)

Total 
$million

678.8
573.7
31.4
(26.9)

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

67

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

2.  Operating segments (continued)
Segmental analysis for the year ended 31 December 2014

Revenue
Internal revenue

Revenue from external customers

Operating profit before non-recurring items
Head office cost allocations
Non-recurring items

Profit/(loss) before interest
Other expenses
Finance income
Finance expense
Taxation – pre non-recurring items 
Taxation – non-recurring items

Profit for the period

Fixed assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
ACT recoverable
Deferred tax assets
Derivatives
Cash and cash equivalents

Segment assets

Trade and other payables
Operating provisions
Bank overdrafts and loans
Derivatives
Current tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations
Deferred tax liabilities

Segment liabilities

Net assets

Capital additions
Depreciation and amortisation

Information by geographic area

Revenue from external customers
Non-current assets
Capital additions
Depreciation and amortisation

Specialty 
Products
$million

Surfactants 
$million

Chromium 
$million

Segment 
totals 
$million

Central 
costs 
$million

2014

519.7
–

519.7

100.7
(2.2)
1.6

100.1
–
–
–
–
–

100.1

505.8
80.7
73.6
–
–
–
–

660.1

(69.8)
(1.5)
–
–
–
–
–

(71.3)

588.8

23.8
(15.2)

67.1
(0.2)

66.9

5.2
(0.3)
3.3

8.2
–
–
–
–
–

8.2

20.1
5.7
8.6
–
–
–
–

34.4

(10.3)
(1.7)
–
–
–
–
–

(12.0)

22.4

2.9
(2.0)

216.5
(12.7)

203.8

59.2
(0.9)
(1.5)

56.8
–
–
–
–
–

56.8

69.0
51.0
35.5
–
–
–
–

155.5

(34.6)
(12.9)
–
–
–
–
–

(47.5)

108.0

9.9
(7.2)

North 
America 
$million

296.2
441.9
25.6
(16.9)

United 
Kingdom 
$million

28.1
42.2
2.1
(1.4)

803.3
(12.9)

790.4

165.1
(3.4)
3.4

165.1
–
–
–
–
–

165.1

594.9
137.4
117.7
–
–
–
–

850.0

(114.7)
(16.1)
–
–
–
–
–

(130.8)

719.2

36.6
(24.4)

Rest of 
Europe 
$million

187.2
35.2
4.3
(3.0)

–
–

–

(15.0)
3.4
2.9

(8.7)
(1.9)
0.3
(6.6)
(26.3)
53.5

10.3

(10.2)
0.1
3.7
42.0
14.4
0.7
73.7

124.4

(7.3)
(18.9)
(9.5)
(0.2)
(5.1)
(65.8)
(92.7)

(199.5)

(75.1)

1.8
(0.8)

Rest of 
the World 
$million

278.9
65.4
6.4
(3.9)

Total 
$million

803.3
(12.9)

790.4

150.1
–
6.3

156.4
 (1.9)
0.3
(6.6)
(26.3)
53.5

175.4

584.7
137.5
121.4
42.0
14.4
0.7
73.7

974.4

(122.0)
(35.0)
(9.5)
(0.2)
(5.1)
(65.8)
(92.7)

(330.3)

644.1

38.4
(25.2)

Total 
$million

790.4
584.7
38.4
(25.2)

68

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

3.  Finance income

Interest on bank deposits

4.  Finance costs

Interest on bank loans
Pension and other post retirement liabilities
Unwind of discount on provisions

5.  Non-recurring items

Land sale
Restructuring
Post employment benefits
Environmental provisions
Other

Tax charge in relation to non-recurring items
Recognition of further UK tax assets
Recognition of ACT

2015
$million

0.2

2014
$million

0.3

2015
$million

2014
$million

1.2
1.8
1.4

4.4

1.6
3.1
1.9

6.6

2015
$million

2014
$million

17.0
(4.2)
–
–
(7.2)

5.6
(2.5)
–
(4.7)

(1.6)

–
–
4.9
(1.9)
3.3

6.3
(0.8)
12.3
42.0

59.8

A number of items have been recorded under “non-recurring items” in 2015 by virtue of their size and/or one time nature, in order to provide a better 
understanding of the Group’s results. The net impact of these items on Group profit before tax for the year is a credit of $5.6 million (2014: $6.3 million). 
The items fall into four categories, as summarised below:

Land sale – net credit of $17.0 million
On 26 July 2015, Chromium sold a non-operating portion of its site at Corpus Christi, US, for total proceeds of $26.0 million. After transaction costs and 
deduction of the book value of the land, the net gain on the sale was $23.8 million. The terms of the disposal crystallised certain future regulatory and 
monitoring obligations for the Group and the $6.8 million one time cost of these has been deducted to arrive at a net profit on property disposal of $17.0 
million and added to the Group’s existing environmental provisions.

Restructuring – charge of $4.2 million
In October 2015, the Group announced that it was taking certain actions to reduce costs by reducing its workforce and reorganising some parts of 
its management structure, including the recruitment of a new Group Chief Executive. The one time cost of this exercise including redundancy costs, 
as well as recruitment and other costs associated with changes in the management structure, was $4.2 million. Anticipated annual savings from this 
exercise are approximately $4.0 million and will largely be realised from 2016 onwards.

Other – charge of $7.2 million
A provision has been set up within Chromium that relates to a legacy right of first refusal agreement with a third party. Under that agreement, Chromium 
pays a fixed annual fee in return for the right to acquire certain land in North Carolina for operating purposes. Payment of the fixed fee is also related to 
the continued use of certain disposal facilities. Based on the current operating plans of the Chromium business and the estimated value of this land, 
there is now a low likelihood that the Group will exercise this right of first refusal in the future. Hence a provision has been recorded for the remaining 
payments under that agreement in the amount of $4.0 million. 

Other items totalling $2.2 million relate to the impairment of certain software licences, as well as due diligence and other costs associated with 
investment projects that were not successful. In addition, the Group has also recorded a provision of $1.0 million for the potential outcome of a 
regulatory case in Europe.

Taxation – charge of $7.2 million
Within non-recurring items there is a tax charge of $7.2 million of which $2.5 million relates to the net tax on the non-recurring items recorded in 2015 
and a charge of $4.7 million arising from a reassessment of the ACT and deferred tax assets established in 2014.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

69

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

6. 

Income tax expense

Current tax:

Recognition of UK Advance Corporation Tax credits 
UK Corporation tax
Overseas corporation tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years:
   United Kingdom
   Overseas

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
United Kingdom
Overseas
Adjustment in respect of prior years:
   United Kingdom

Total deferred tax

Income tax expense for the year

Comprising:

Before non-recurring items

Non-recurring items*
   Overseas taxation on non-recurring items
   Recognition of UK ACT and losses
   UK ACT and deferred tax charge

Taxation on non-recurring items

* 

see Note 5 for details of non-recurring items

2015
$million

2014
$million

–
5.3
9.0

1.3
(2.9)

12.7

2.4
8.0

3.4

13.8

26.5

19.3

2.5
–
4.7

7.2

26.5

(42.0)
(6.0)
14.5

–
–

(33.5)

(4.8)
11.1

–

6.3

(27.2)

26.3

0.8
(54.3) 

–

(53.5)

(27.2)

The tax charge on profit represents an effective tax rate on profit before non-recurring items for the year ended 31 December 2015 of 16.6 per cent 
(2014: 18.5 per cent). As a Group involved in overseas operations, the amount of profitability in each jurisdiction, transfer pricing regulations and local 
tax rate changes, will affect future tax charges.

The total charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting profit as follows:

Profit before tax

Tax on ordinary activities at 20.25 per cent (2014: 21.5 per cent)*
Difference in overseas effective tax rates
Income not chargeable for tax purposes
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Tax losses and other deductions
Tax rate adjustments to deferred tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Recognition of non-recurring tax items

Tax charge and effective tax rate for the year

2015
$million

121.8

2015
per cent

24.7
5.0
(5.0)
0.4
–
–
(3.3)
4.7

26.5

20.3
4.1
(4.1)
0.3
–
–
(2.7)
3.9

21.8

2014
$million

148.2

31.9
10.8
(6.8)
–
(9.2)
0.7
(0.3)
(54.3)

(27.2)

2014
per cent

21.5
7.3
(4.6)
–
(6.2)
0.5
(0.2)
(36.7)

(18.4)

* 

 tax rate reflects reduction in UK corporation tax rate from 21 per cent to 20 per cent with effect from April 2015. The UK corporation tax rate will reduce to 19 per cent from  
1 April 2017 and 18 per cent from 1 April 2020; these reductions were substantively enacted on 26 October 2015.

70

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
7.  Profit for the year
Profit for the year has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Employee costs

Net foreign exchange gains 

Research and development costs

Government grants

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets

Total depreciation and amortisation expense

Cost of inventories recognised as expense

Fees available to the Company’s auditor and its associates:
Audit of the Company’s financial statements
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Audit related assurance services (half year review) 
Tax compliance services
Other tax advisory services

8.  Employees

Employee costs:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs

Average number of FTE employees*:
Specialty Products
Surfactants
Chromium
Central

Total

* 

full time equivalent including contractors

2015
$million

103.3

(3.5)

7.8

–

23.6
3.3

26.9

2014
$million

110.3

(1.7)

8.0

(0.2)

21.8
3.6

25.4

323.7

385.3

0.2
0.6
0.1
0.3
0.4

0.2
0.5
0.1
0.2
0.4

2015
$million

2014
$million

90.8
7.4
5.1

103.3

97.1
8.4
4.8

110.3

Number

Number

999
149
259
14

983
150
247
14

1,421

1,394

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

71

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

9.  Earnings per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the parent is based on the following:

Earnings:
Earnings for the purpose of basic earnings per share
Non-recurring items net of tax

Adjusted earnings

Number of shares:
Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive share options

Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Basic before non-recurring items
Diluted before non-recurring items

10.  Goodwill and other intangible assets

Cost:
At 1 January 2014
Exchange differences
Acquisition of minority interest
Additions

At 31 December 2014
Exchange differences
Additions

At 31 December 2015

Amortisation:

At 1 January 2014
Charge for the year

At 31 December 2014
Charge for the year

At 31 December 2015

Carrying amount:

At 31 December 2015

At 31 December 2014

At 1 January 2014

2015
$million

2014
$million

95.3
1.6

96.9

175.4
(59.8)

115.6

2015
$million

2014
$million

462.2
4.0

466.2

2015
cents

20.6
20.4
21.0
20.8

Goodwill
$million

Brand
$million

Other 
intangible 
assets 
$million

335.1
(4.8)
0.7
–

331.0
(6.3)
–

324.7

–
–

–
–

–

324.7

331.0

335.1

24.4
(1.3)
–
–

23.1
(1.0)
–

22.1

–
–

–
–

–

22.1

23.1

24.4

35.3
(0.5)
–
0.4

35.2
(1.0)
1.1

35.3

12.7
3.6

16.3
3.3

19.6

15.7

18.9

22.6

460.7
4.7

465.4

2014
cents

38.1
37.7
25.1
24.8

Total 
$million

394.8
(6.6)
0.7
0.4

389.3
(8.3)
1.1

382.1

12.7
3.6

16.3
3.3

19.6

362.5

373.0

382.1

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (“CGUs”) that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination. The carrying value of goodwill relates to Elementis Specialty Products ($321.9 million) and Elementis Surfactants ($2.8 million). 
There is no goodwill associated with Elementis Chromium.

72

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
The Group tests annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The recoverable amounts of the 
CGUs are determined from value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, 
growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that 
reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs. In order to stress test the results over a wider range 
of conditions, management has expanded its testing to include discount rates based on a variety of equity risk premiums and different capital 
structures that reflect the potential variability of risk within the CGUs. In this exercise a range of discount rates from 8.0 per cent to 14.0 per cent (2014: 
7.0 per cent to 8.5 per cent) was used.

The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent three year plans approved by management for the next three years and 
extrapolates cash flows for the following 17 years based on estimated growth rates of 0 per cent to 2.5 per cent. The rates do not exceed the average 
long term growth rate for the relevant markets and also take into account potential, future capacity limitations for the Chromium business. Changes in 
selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market. The results of the impairment testing 
using the assumptions discussed show that there is no indication that goodwill might be impaired.

The brand intangibles represent the value ascribed to the trading name and reputation of the Deuchem, Fancor, Watercryl and Hi-Mar acquisitions. 
The Group considers these to have significant and ongoing value to the business that will be maintained and it is therefore considered appropriate 
to assign these assets an indefinite useful life. Brand intangibles are tested annually for impairment using similar assumptions to the goodwill testing. 
The remaining intangible assets comprise the value ascribed to customer lists, patents and non-compete clauses, which are being amortised over 
periods of five to ten years.

11.  Property, plant and equipment

Cost:
At 1 January 2014
Additions
Exchange differences
Acquisitions
Disposals
Reclassifications

At 31 December 2014
Additions
Exchange differences
Disposals
Reclassifications

At 31 December 2015

Accumulated depreciation:

At 1 January 2014
Charge for the year
Exchange differences
Disposals
Reclassifications

At 31 December 2014
Charge for the year
Exchange differences
Disposals
Reclassifications

At 31 December 2015

Net book value:

At 31 December 2015

At 31 December 2014

At 1 January 2014

Land and 
buildings 
$million

Plant and 
machinery 
$million

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
$million

Under 
construction 
$million

152.3
–
(6.4)
1.9
(0.5)
3.8

151.1
0.2
(6.3)
(1.0)
7.5

151.5

101.3
3.2
(4.7)
(0.5)
–

99.3
3.3
(4.1)
(0.1)
0.2

98.6

52.9

51.8

51.0

542.9
0.6
(27.1)
–
(2.2)
23.1

537.3
0.8
(22.5)
(3.5)
35.3

547.4

430.0
17.1
(24.6)
(1.4)
(0.2)

420.9
18.6
(20.1)
(3.0)
(0.3)

416.1

131.3

116.4

112.9

45.6
0.6
(1.7)
–
(0.7)
5.2

49.0
0.1
(1.5)
(1.4)
1.3

47.5

38.2
1.5
(1.6)
(0.6)
0.2

37.7
1.7
(1.1)
(1.4)
0.1

37.0

10.5

11.3

7.4

31.3
34.2
(1.2)
–
–
(32.1)

32.2
29.2
(0.8)
–
(44.1)

16.5

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–

16.5

32.2

31.3

 Total 
$million

772.1
35.4
(36.4)
1.9
(3.4)
–

769.6
30.3
(31.1)
(5.9)
–

762.9

569.5
21.8
(30.9)
(2.5)
–

557.9
23.6
(25.3)
(4.5)
–

551.7

211.2

211.7

202.6

Group capital expenditure contracted but not provided for in these financial statements amounted to $nil (2014: $nil). 

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

73

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

12. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods and goods purchased for resale

Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence of $5.1 million (2014: $5.9 million).

2015
$million

47.8
11.5
60.2

119.5

2015
$million

96.3
2.2
5.3

103.8

2015
$million

51.1
0.5
8.0
20.3

79.9

2014
$million

67.9
9.9
59.7

137.5

2014
$million

111.3
3.8
6.3

121.4

2014
$million

73.6
1.1
7.0
40.3

122.0

13.  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

14.  Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income

15.  Provisions

At 1 January 2015

Charged/(credited) to the income statement:
Non-recurring items 
Set up/(release) of provisions
Unwinding of discount
Utilised during the year
Currency translation differences

At 31 December 2015

Due within one year

Due after one year

Environmental 
$million

Self-insurance 
$million

Restructuring 
$million

31.7

6.8
(0.3)
1.4
(9.1)
(1.0)

29.5

6.5

23.0

3.3

–
0.2
–
(0.4)
–

3.1

0.2

2.9

–

4.2
–
–
(2.9)
–

1.3

1.3

–

Other 
$million

–

Total 
$million

35.0

5.0
–
–
(0.5)
–

4.5

1.5

3.0

16.0
(0.1)
1.4
(12.9)
(1.0)

38.4

9.5

28.9

Environmental provisions relate to manufacturing and distribution sites including certain sites no longer owned by the Group. These provisions have 
been derived using a discounted cash flow methodology and reflect the extent to which it is probable that expenditure will be incurred over the next 
20 years. Included within environmental provisions are amounts in respect of all anticipated costs related to the closure and remediation of the 
Chromium UK site at Eaglescliffe. 

Of the $16.0 million non-recurring items charged to provisions, $6.8 million relates to future additional environmental costs following the sale of land at 
Corpus Christi in 2015. Of the $5.0 million recorded within other provisions, $4.0 million was associated with the remaining payments under a legacy 
right of first refusal agreement, which is now considered unlikely to be exercised, and $1.0 million related to a regulatory case in Europe. Within the 
restructuring category, $4.2 million resulted from actions taken to reduce the workforce and reorganise parts of the management structure. Further 
details on non-recurring items are included in Note 5.

Self insurance provisions at 31 December 2015 represent the aggregate of outstanding claims plus a projection of losses incurred but not reported. 
The self insurance provisions are expected to be utilised within five years.

74

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
16.  Deferred tax and ACT recoverable

At 1 January 2014
(Charge)/credit to the income statement
Credit to other comprehensive income
Charge to retained earnings
Currency translation differences

At 1 January 2015
(Charge)/credit to the income statement
Charge to other comprehensive income
Charge to retained earnings
Currency translation differences

At 31 December 2015

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement 
benefit plans 
$million

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
$million

Amortisation of 
US goodwill 
$million

Temporary 
differences 
$million

Unrelieved 
tax losses 
$million

9.2
(2.3)
14.1
– 
(0.1)

20.9
(4.1)
(6.6)
– 
(0.3)

9.9

11.2

(1.3)

(23.6)
(0.3)
–
–
0.3

(23.6)
0.7
–
–
–

(93.0)
(1.4)
–
–
–

(94.4)
–
–
–
–

(22.9)

(94.4)

–

(22.9)

–

(94.4)

8.0
5.1
–
(1.8)
0.2

11.5
(3.2)
–
(1.2)
1.5

8.6

3.0

5.6

14.5
(7.4)
–
–
0.2

7.3
(7.2)
–
–
(0.1)

–

–

–

Total 
$million

(84.9)
(6.3)
14.1
(1.8)
0.6

(78.3)
(13.8)
(6.6)
(1.2)
1.1

(98.8)

14.2

(113.0)

Deferred tax assets have been recognised to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that there will be taxable profits from which the future 
reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Where this is not the case, deferred tax assets have not been recognised. There are no 
significant temporary differences arising in connection with interests in subsidiaries and associates.

An asset of $42.0 million was recognised in 2014 relating to UK advance corporation tax credits which had previously been unrecognised because of 
uncertainty over future UK taxable profits. During 2014 the Group made certain changes to its manufacturing and financing structures, which together 
with greater certainty over the funding of the UK pension deficit, led to the view that UK taxable profits would increase and therefore that the tax credits 
should be recognised. Movements in the ACT recoverable balance are shown below.

At 1 January 
Recognition of UK Advance Corporation Tax credits
Utilisation 
Currency translation differences

At 31 December 

17.  Share capital

At 1 January
Issue of shares

At 31 December

Details of share capital are set out in Note 10 to the Parent company financial statements.

2015
$million

2014
$million

42.0
(1.3)
(4.3)
(2.4)

34.0

2015
$million

44.4
–

44.4

–
42.0
–
–

42.0

2014
$million

44.1
0.3

44.4

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

75

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

18.  Other reserves 

At 1 January 2014
Share based payments
Exchange differences
Decrease in fair value of derivatives
Transfer

At 1 January 2015
Share based payments
Exchange differences
Decrease in fair value of derivatives
Transfer

Balance at 31 December 2015

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
$million

Translation 
reserve 
$million

Hedging 
reserve 
$million

Share options 
reserve 
$million

158.8
–
–
–
–

158.8
–
–
–
–

158.8

(28.8)
–
(11.5)
–
–

(40.3)
–
(21.7)
–
–

(62.0)

(6.7)
–
–
(0.2)
–

(6.9)
–
–
(1.0)
–

(7.9)

6.6
2.4
–
–
(4.2)

4.8
1.9
–
–
(2.6)

4.1

Total 
$million

129.9
2.4
(11.5)
(0.2)
(4.2)

116.4
1.9
(21.7)
(1.0)
(2.6)

93.0

The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations as well as 
from the translation of liabilities that hedge the Company’s net investment in a foreign subsidiary. The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion 
of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

19.  Borrowings

Bank loans

The borrowings are repayable as follows:

Within one year
In the second year

The weighted average interest rates paid were as follows:

Bank loans

Group borrowings were denominated as follows: 

Bank loans
31 December 2014

31 December 2015

2015
$million

5.1

2014
$million

9.5

5.1
–

5.1

8.1
1.4

9.5

2015 
per cent

1.2

2014 
per cent

1.2

US Dollar

Taiwan Dollar

Brazilian Real

Other

Total

2.7

1.7

5.5

3.3

1.0

–

0.3

0.1

9.5

5.1

Of the US dollar borrowings, $0.4 million was unsecured (2014: $0.7 million), bearing interest at the relevant interbank rates plus a margin. The Taiwan 
dollar and remaining US dollar borrowings consisted of those secured by time deposits and those secured by charges over various land and buildings 
in Taiwan.

20. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement comprise the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

2015
$million

79.1

2014
$million

73.7

76

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
21.  Financial risk management
The Group has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

 ▶ Credit risk.
 ▶ Liquidity risk.
 ▶ Market risk.

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. The Group’s risk 
management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor 
risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Group’s 
activities.

The Group’s Audit Committee oversees how management monitors compliance with the Group’s risk management policies and procedures and 
reviews the adequacy of the risk management framework in relation to the risks faced by the Group. The Group’s Audit Committee is assisted in 
its oversight role by Internal Audit. Internal Audit undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results 
of which are reported to the Audit Committee.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, 
and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers.

Trade and other receivables
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The demographics of the Group’s customer 
base, including the default risk of the industry and country in which customers operate, has less of an influence on credit risk. No single customer 
accounts for a significant proportion of the Group’s revenue.

Each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness before the Group’s standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. 
The Group’s review includes external ratings, where available, and in some cases bank references. Purchase limits are established for each customer, 
which represents the maximum open amount without requiring approval from the Board. Customers that fail to meet the Group’s benchmark 
creditworthiness may transact with the Group only on a prepayment basis.

The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents its estimate of incurred losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The main 
components of this allowance are a specific loss component that relates to individually significant exposures, and a collective loss component 
established for groups of similar assets in respect of losses that have been incurred but not yet identified. The collective loss allowance is determined 
based on historical data of payment statistics for similar assets.

Investments
The Group limits its exposure to credit risk through a treasury policy that imposes graduated limits on the amount of funds that can be deposited with 
counterparties by reference to the counterparties’ credit ratings, as defined by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s. Management does not expect any 
counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to 
ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without 
incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. The Group’s funding policy is to have committed borrowings in place to 
cover at least 125 per cent of the maximum forecast net borrowings for the next 12 month period. At the year end the Group had $115.1 million (2014: 
$118.1 million) of undrawn committed facilities, of which $100.0 million expires after more than one year. 

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Group’s income or the value 
of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable 
parameters, whilst optimising the return on risk.

The Group uses derivatives in the ordinary course of business, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage market risks. All such transactions 
are carried out within the guidelines set by the Board.

Currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a foreign currency other than the respective 
functional currencies of Group entities, primarily the US dollar and the euro. The Group hedges up to 100 per cent of current and forecast trade 
receivables and trade payables denominated in a foreign currency. The Group uses forward exchange contracts to hedge its currency risk, most with 
a maturity of less than one year from the reporting date.

Interest on borrowings is denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying operations of the Group, primarily US dollar, 
but also euro and pounds sterling. This provides an economic hedge and no derivatives are entered into. In respect of other monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Group ensures that its net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign 
currencies at spot rates when necessary to address short term imbalances. The Group’s investment in overseas subsidiaries is hedged by US dollar 
denominated drawdowns under the syndicated facility, which mitigates the currency risk arising from the translation of a subsidiary’s net assets.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

77

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

21.  Financial risk management (continued)
Interest rate risk
The Group’s policy is to borrow at both fixed and floating interest rates and to use interest rate swaps to generate the required interest profile. The policy 
does not require that a specific proportion of the Group’s borrowings are at fixed rates of interest.

Other market price risk 
Equity price risk arises from available-for-sale equity securities held within the Group’s defined benefit pension obligations. In respect of the US 
schemes, management monitors the mix of debt and equity securities in its investment portfolio based on market expectations. The primary goal of 
the Group’s investment strategy is to maximise investment returns, without excessive risk taking, in order to meet partially the Group’s unfunded benefit 
obligations; management is assisted by external advisors in this regard. In respect of the UK scheme, the investment strategy is set by the trustees and 
the Board is kept informed.

The Group does not enter into commodity contracts other than to meet the Group’s expected usage and sale requirements; such contracts are not 
settled net.

Capital management
The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development 
of the business. The Board monitors the return on operating capital employed (“ROCE”) both including and excluding goodwill, as defined on page 14. 
The Group’s target is to achieve a ROCE (including goodwill) in excess of our weighted average cost of capital. 

The Board encourages employees to hold shares in the Company through the Group’s savings related share option schemes. At present, employees, 
including executive directors, hold 0.4 per cent (2014: 0.3 per cent) of ordinary shares, or 1.8 per cent (2014: 1.7 per cent) assuming that all outstanding 
options vest or are exercised.

Current dividend policy is to pay a progressive dividend of approximately one third of earnings per share before non-recurring items. Additionally if the 
Group finishes the year in a net balance sheet cash position, and there are no immediate investment plans for that cash, the Group may recommend 
an additional special dividend of up to 50 per cent of the net cash amount. These dividend policies remain under review to ensure that they remain 
appropriate to the circumstances and strategy of the Group.

Recognised in profit or loss
Interest income on bank deposits
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred from equity

Financial income

Interest on bank loan
Net pension interest

Financial costs

Net financial costs

None of the above relates to financial assets or liabilities held at fair value through profit and loss.

Recognised directly in equity
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedge
Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to income statement
Effective portion of change in fair value of net investment hedge
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

Recognised in
Hedging reserve
Translation reserve

2015
$million

2014
$million

0.2
2.6

2.8

(1.2)
(1.8)

(3.0)

(0.2)

0.3
1.9

2.2

(1.6)
(3.1)

(4.7)

(2.5)

2015
$million

2014
$million

(0.9)
(0.1)
(0.6)
(21.1)

(1.0)
(21.7)

0.1
(0.3)
(1.6)
(9.9)

(0.2)
(11.5)

Derivatives used for hedging included within current assets amounted to $nil at 31 December 2015 (2014: $0.7 million) and $0.3 million within current 
liabilities (2014: $0.2 million). 

78

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
 
 
Loans and borrowings

Current liabilities
Unsecured bank loan
Secured bank loan
Non-current liabilities
Secured bank loan

2015
$million

2014
$million

0.4
4.7

–

0.7
7.4

1.4

Terms and debt repayment schedule
The terms and conditions of outstanding loans were as follows:

Unsecured bank loan 
Secured bank loan
Secured bank loan
Secured bank loan
Secured bank loan

Total interest-bearing liabilities

Currency Year of maturity

USD
USD
TWD
BRL
EUR / JPY

2016
2016–2017
2016
2016
2016

Face value 
$million

2015 
Carrying 
amount 
$million

Face value 
$million

2014 
Carrying 
amount 
$million

0.4
1.3
3.3
–
0.1

5.1

0.4
1.3
3.3
–
0.1

5.1

0.7
2.0
5.5
1.0
0.3

9.5

0.7
2.0
5.5
1.0
0.3

9.5

The loans bear interest at interest rates of between 0.9 per cent and 2.7 per cent. The secured bank loans are secured by guarantees provided by 
subsidiary companies and against land and buildings in Taiwan with a carrying value of $1.6 million.

Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was:

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by geographic region was:

Carrying amount

2015
$million

96.3
2.2
79.1

177.6

Carrying amount

2015
$million

26.2
31.6
38.5

96.3

2014
$million

111.3
3.8
73.7

188.8

2014
$million

42.1
26.9
42.3

111.3

North America
Europe
Rest of the world

Impairment losses
The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date was:

Not past due
Past due 0-30 days
Past due 31-120 days
Past due > 121 days

Total

Gross
2015
$million

Impairment 
2015
$million

Gross 
2014
$million

Impairment 
2014
$million

88.4
6.8
1.3
0.4

96.9

(0.3)
–
–
(0.3)

(0.6)

103.1
5.9
2.7
0.4

112.1

(0.4)
–
(0.1)
(0.3)

(0.8)

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

79

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

21.  Financial risk management (continued)
The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at 1 January
Impairment movements

Balance at 31 December

2015
$million

2014
$million

0.8
(0.2)

0.6

0.7
0.1

0.8

The provision for impairment relates primarily to customers of Elementis Chromium who, due to their payment history and geographic location, are 
assessed as having a higher exposure to credit risk than is acceptable. A provision is therefore deemed to be appropriate.

Liquidity risk 
The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments and excluding the impact of netting agreements:

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Unsecured bank loan
Secured bank loan
Trade and other payables*

*  excludes derivatives

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Unsecured bank loan
Secured bank loan
Trade and other payables*

*  excludes derivatives

31 December 2015

Carrying 
amount 
$million

Contractual 
cash flows 
$million

6 months 
or less 
$million

6-12 
months 
$million

1 year 
or more 
$million

0.4
4.7
59.6

64.7

(0.4)
(4.7)
(59.6)

(64.7)

–
(4.6)
(59.6)

(64.2)

(0.4)
(0.1)
–

(0.5)

–
–
–

–

31 December 2014

Carrying 
amount 
$million

Contractual 
cash flows 
$million

6 months 
or less 
$million

6-12 
months 
$million

1 year 
or more 
$million

0.7
8.8
81.7

91.2

(0.7)
(8.8)
(81.7)

(91.2)

–
(4.2)
(81.7)

(85.9)

(0.7)
(3.2)
–

(3.9)

–
(1.4)
–

(1.4)

Bank loans have been drawn under committed facilities and can be refinanced on maturity from the same facilities. The contractual maturities indicated 
reflect the maturing of the loans rather than the end date of the facilities.

Currency risk
Exposure to currency risk

The Group’s exposure to currency risk was as follows based on notional amounts:

Trade receivables
Trade payables

Gross balance sheet exposure
Forward exchange contracts

Net exposure

2015

USD 
$million

Euro
$million

Other
$million

52.9
(26.7)

26.2
–

26.2

24.5
(11.3)

13.2
(39.1)

(25.9)

18.9
(13.1)

5.8
39.1

44.9

USD
$million

62.7
(35.4)

27.3
–

27.3

2014

Euro
$million

29.0
(20.1)

8.9
(24.7)

(15.8)

Other
$million

19.6
(18.1)

1.5
24.7

26.2

The main exchange rates relevant to the Group are set out in the Finance report on page 13.

80

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
Sensitivity analysis
A 10 per cent strengthening of US dollar against the following currencies at 31 December would have increased/(decreased) equity and profit or loss by 
the amounts shown below. The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant.

31 December 2015
GBP
Euro
RMB
TWD

31 December 2014
GBP
Euro
RMB
TWD

Equity
$million

Profit or loss 
$million

(6.5)
(3.4)
(3.2)
(2.6)

(3.0)
(3.7)
(3.3)
(2.7)

2.3
(4.5)
(0.6)
(0.4)

2.3
(2.8)
(0.9)
0.2

A 10 per cent strengthening of USD against all currencies will have increased/(decreased) the carrying amount of variable rate instruments as follows:

Variable rate instruments
Financial liabilities

Carrying amount

2015
$million

2014
$million

(0.3)

(0.7)

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This 
analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant. 

Variable rate instruments

2015 
Profit or loss
100bp
decrease
$million

–

100bp 
increase
$million

–

2014
Profit or loss
100bp
decrease
$million

–

100bp
increase
$million

–

Fair values
Fair values versus carrying amounts
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, are as follows:

Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative contracts used for hedging:
Assets
Liabilities
Unsecured bank facility
Secured bank loan
Trade and other payables*

Unrecognised gain/(loss)

* 

excludes derivatives

31 December 2015

31 December 2014

Carrying 
amount
$million

Fair value
$million

98.5
79.1

–
(0.3)
(0.4)
(4.7)
(79.9)

92.3

–

98.5
79.1

–
(0.3)
(0.4)
(4.7)
(79.9)

92.3

–

Carrying 
amount
$million

115.1
73.7

0.7
(0.2)
(0.7)
(8.8)
(122.0)

57.8

–

Fair value 
$million

115.1
73.7

0.7
(0.2)
(0.7)
(8.8)
(122.0)

57.8

–

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

81

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

21.  Financial risk management (continued)
Basis for determining fair values
The Group measures fair values in respect of financial instruments in accordance with IFRS 13, using the following fair value hierarchy that reflects the 
significance of the inputs used in making the measurements:

Level 1: Quoted market price (unadjusted) in an active market for an identical instrument.
Level 2: Valuation techniques based on observable inputs, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3: Valuation techniques using significant unobservable inputs.

The following summarises the significant methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments.

Derivatives (level 2)
The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market price, if available. If a listed market price is not available, then fair value 
is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current forward price for the residual maturity of the contract 
using a risk-free interest (based on government bonds).

Non-derivatives financial liabilities (level 2)
Fair value is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the 
reporting date.

Trade and other receivables, Trade and other payables (level 3)
The fair value of trade and other receivables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the 
reporting date.

Interest rates used for determining fair value
The interest rates used to discount estimated cash flows, where applicable, are based on the government yield curve at the reporting date plus an 
adequate constant credit spread, and were as follows:

Borrowings

2015 
per cent

0.9–2.7

2014 
per cent

1.0–2.8

The Group categorises its trade and other receivables and payables, excluding derivatives, within level 3 and all other financial instruments, including 
cash, loans and derivatives within level 2. At both 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2015 there was no difference between the carrying value and 
fair value of financial instruments.

22. Operating leases

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year

2015
$million

5.4

2014 
$million

3.7

At the balance sheet date, the Group has outstanding commitments under non-cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

2015
$million

2014 
$million

0.4
2.6
19.4

22.4

0.4
1.5
21.3

23.2

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain of its properties, plant and machinery. Leases have varying terms and 
renewal rights.

82

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
23. Retirement benefit obligations
The Group has a number of contributory and non-contributory post retirement benefit plans providing retirement benefits for the majority of employees 
and executive directors. At 31 December 2015 the main schemes in the UK and US were of the defined benefit type, the benefit being based on 
number of years of service and either the employee’s final remuneration or the employee’s average remuneration during a period of years before 
retirement. The assets of these schemes are held in separate trustee administered funds or are unfunded but provided for on the Group balance sheet. 
In the Netherlands the arrangement with the previous insurers of the defined benefit pension scheme came to an end on 31 December 2014 and the 
Group contracted with a new industry wide pension fund for 2015 onwards. As a result, the plan is now accounted for as a defined contribution plan. 

In addition the Group operates an unfunded post retirement medical benefit (“PRMB”) scheme in the US. The entitlement to these benefits is usually 
based on the employee remaining in service until retirement age and completion of a minimum service period. 

Other employee benefit schemes included in the table below relate to two unfunded pension schemes, a long term service award scheme in Germany 
and a special benefits programme for a small number of former employees of the Eaglescliffe plant.

Net defined benefit liability
The net liability was as follows:

2015
Total market value of assets
Present value of scheme liabilities

Net liability recognised in the balance sheet

2014
Total market value of assets
Present value of scheme liabilities

Net liability recognised in the balance sheet

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
scheme
$million

732.8
(726.1)

6.7

108.1
(132.5)

(24.4)

–
(6.3)

(6.3)

Other
$million

Total
$million

–
(5.0)

(5.0)

840.9
(869.9)

(29.0)

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
scheme
$million

Netherlands
pension
scheme
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

813.7
(842.1)

(28.4)

114.7
(138.4)

(23.7)

–
(7.4)

(7.4)

77.0
(77.0)

–

–
(6.3)

(6.3)

1,005.4
(1,071.2)

(65.8)

Employer contributions in 2015 were $21.1 million (2014: $41.9 million) to the UK scheme and $2.7 million (2014: $7.8 million) to US schemes. 
Contributions in 2016 are expected to be in the range $10-$15 million. Further details on agreed future payments to the UK pension scheme are 
included in the Finance report.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

83

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

23. Retirement benefit obligations (continued)
Movement in net defined benefit liability
The following table shows a reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for the net defined benefit liability and its components.

2015
Balance at 1 January

Included in profit or loss
Current service cost
Running costs
Net interest expense

Included in other comprehensive income
Re-measurements:
Return on plan assets excluding interest income
Actuarial gains/(losses) arising from demographic 
assumptions
Actuarial gains arising from financial assumptions
Actuarial gains/(losses) arising from experience 
adjustment
Exchange differences

Contributions:
Employers

Deficit in schemes at 31 December

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
scheme
$million

(28.4)

(23.7)

(0.8)
(1.7)
(0.6)

(3.1)

(40.3)

7.3
23.1

26.8
0.2

17.1

21.1

6.7

(0.6)
(0.4)
(0.8)

(1.8)

(4.3)

(0.3)
6.7

(2.8)
–

(0.7)

1.8

(24.4)

(7.4)

(0.1)
–
(0.2)

(0.3)

–

–
0.4

0.1
–

0.5

0.9

(6.3)

Other
$million

Total
$million

(6.3)

(65.8)

–
–
(0.2)

(0.2)

–

–
0.7

–
0.6

1.3

0.2

(5.0)

(1.5)
(2.1)
(1.8)

(5.4)

(44.6)

7.0
30.9

24.1
0.8

18.2

24.0

(29.0)

2014
Balance at 1 January

Included in profit or loss
Current service cost
Running costs
Settlement
Net interest expense

Included in other comprehensive income
Re-measurements:
Return on plan assets excluding interest income
Actuarial losses arising from demographic assumptions
Actuarial losses arising from financial assumptions
Actuarial gains/(losses) arising from experience 
adjustment
Exchange differences

Contributions:
Employers

Deficit in schemes at 31 December

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
scheme
$million

Netherlands
pension
scheme
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

(66.1)

(15.6)

(0.7)
(1.3)
–
(2.0)

(4.0)

68.7
–
(76.4)

5.7
1.8

(0.2)

41.9

(28.4)

(0.5)
(0.4)
–
(0.6)

(1.5)

3.0
(6.1)
(10.4)

(0.2)
–

(13.7)

7.1

(23.7)

(7.5)

(0.1)
–
–
(0.3)

(0.4)

–
–
(0.5)

0.3
–

(0.2)

0.7

(7.4)

(3.7)

(1.4)
(0.1)
4.9
(0.1)

3.3

19.8
–
(21.9)

0.1
0.5

(1.5)

1.9

–

(6.4)

(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)

(0.2)

–
–
(0.6)

–
0.5

(0.1)

0.4

(6.3)

(99.3)

(2.8)
(1.8)
4.9
(3.1)

(2.8)

91.5
(6.1)
(109.8)

5.9
2.8

(15.7)

52.0

(65.8)

84

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
Plan assets
Plan assets comprise:

2015
Equities
Bonds
Cash/liquidity funds

2014
Equities
Bonds
Cash/liquidity funds

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
scheme
$million

290.6
349.2
93.0

732.8

69.6
35.0
3.5

108.1

–
–
–

–

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
scheme
$million

Netherlands
pension
scheme
$million

253.5
504.8
55.4

813.7

84.4
28.8
1.5

114.7

–
–
–

–

–
77.0
–

77.0

Total
$million

360.2
384.2
96.5

840.9

Total
$million

337.9
610.6
56.9

1,005.4

All equities, bonds and liquidity funds have quoted prices in active markets. Other assets include insured annuities, an insurance fund and various 
swap products.

Within the UK pension scheme, the current asset allocation is approximately 40 per cent in a liability matching fund consisting of gilts (fixed interest and 
index linked), bonds, cash and swaps and 60 per cent in an investment fund that includes various equity and equity like funds. The aim of the trustees 
is to manage the risk relative to the liabilities associated with the scheme’s investments through a combination of diversification, inflation protection and 
hedging of risk (currency, interest rate and inflation risk). The US scheme currently has over 60 per cent of its asset value invested in a range of equity 
funds designed to target higher returns and thus reduce the pension deficit, with the balance invested in fixed income bonds and cash. The strategy is 
that as the deficit reduces, a greater proportion of investments will be made into liability matching funds. 

Changes in the fair value of plan assets for the major schemes are as follows:

2015
Opening fair value of plan assets
Expected return
Running costs
Actuarial loss
Contributions by employer
Contributions by employees
Benefits paid
Exchange differences

Closing fair value of plan assets

2014
Opening fair value of plan assets
Expected return
Running costs
Actuarial gain
Contributions by employer
Contributions by employees
Benefits paid
Exchange differences

Closing fair value of plan assets

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
schemes
$million

813.7
26.8
(1.7)
(40.3)
21.1
0.1
(43.8)
(43.1)

732.8

114.7
4.1
(0.4)
(4.3)
1.8
–
(7.8)
–

108.1

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
schemes
$million

Netherlands
pension
scheme
$million

765.9
33.6
(1.3)
68.7
41.9
0.1
(44.6)
(50.6)

813.7

107.9
4.7
(0.4)
3.0
7.1
–
(7.6)
–

114.7

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

63.7
2.3
(0.1)
19.8
1.9
0.9
(1.7)
(9.8)

77.0

Total
$million

928.4
30.9
(2.1)
(44.6)
22.9
0.1
(51.6)
(43.1)

840.9

Total
$million

937.5
40.6
(1.8)
91.5
50.9
1.0
(53.9)
(60.4)

1,005.4

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

85

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

23. Retirement benefit obligations (continued)
Defined benefit obligation
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation for the major schemes are as follows:

2015
Opening defined benefit obligation
Service cost
Interest cost
Contributions by employees
Actuarial gains
Benefits paid
Exchange differences

Closing defined benefit obligation

2014
Opening defined benefit obligation
Service cost
Interest cost
Contributions by employees
Actuarial losses
Benefits paid
Curtailments and settlements
Exchange differences

Closing defined benefit obligation

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
schemes
$million

(842.1)
(0.8)
(27.4)
(0.1)
57.2
43.8
43.3

(726.1)

(138.4)
(0.6)
(4.9)
–
3.6
7.8
–

(132.5)

(7.4)
(0.1)
(0.2)
–
0.5
0.9
–

(6.3)

UK pension 
scheme
$million

US pension 
schemes
$million

US PRMB 
schemes
$million

Netherlands
pension
scheme
$million

(832.0)
(0.7)
(35.6)
(0.1)
(70.7)
44.6
–
52.4

(842.1)

(123.5)
(0.5)
(5.3)
–
(16.7)
7.6
–
–

(138.4)

(7.5)
(0.1)
(0.3)
–
(0.3)
0.8
–
–

(7.4)

(67.4)
(1.4)
(2.5)
(0.9)
(21.9)
1.7
4.9
10.5

(77.0)

Total
$million

(987.9)
(1.5)
(32.5)
(0.1)
61.3
52.5
43.3

(864.9)

Total
$million

(1,030.4)
(2.7)
(43.7)
(1.0)
(109.6)
54.7
4.9
62.9

(1,064.9)

Actuarial assumptions
A full actuarial valuation was carried out on 30 September 2014 for the UK scheme and at 31 December 2015 for the US schemes. 

The principal assumptions used by the actuaries for the major schemes were as follows:

2015
Rate of increase in salaries
Rate of increase in pensions in payment
Discount rate
Inflation

2014
Rate of increase in salaries
Rate of increase in pensions in payment
Discount rate
Inflation

UK 
per cent

US 
per cent

Netherlands
per cent

4.10
3.00
3.70
3.10

4.00
2.90
3.40
3.00

3.00/3.45
N/A
4.10
2.25

3.45
N/A
3.65
2.25

2.00
N/A
2.25
2.00

86

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

The assumed life expectancies on retirement are:

Retiring at 31 December 2015
Males
Females
Retiring in 20 years
Males
Females

2015
years

22
25

25
26

UK 
2014
years

22
24

25
26

2015
years

21
23

22
24

US 
2014
years

21
22

21
23

The main assumptions for the PRMB scheme are a discount rate of 4.1 per cent (2014: 3.65 per cent) per annum and a health care cost trend of 6.5 per 
cent (2014: 6.5 per cent) per annum for claims pre age 65 reducing to 4.5 per cent per annum by 2021 (2014: 4.5 per cent). Actuarial valuations of 
retirement benefit plans in other jurisdictions have either not been updated for IAS 19 purposes or disclosed separately because of the costs involved 
and the considerably smaller scheme sizes and numbers of employees involved.

At 31 December 2015, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligations for the major schemes was as follows:
UK: 13 years
US: 11 years

Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the scheme liabilities are set out below:

Assumption

Discount rate
Rate of inflation
Rate of salary growth
Rate of mortality

Change in assumption

Impact on scheme liabilities

Increased/decreased by 0.5 per cent
Increased/decreased by 0.5 per cent
Increased/decreased by 0.5 per cent
Increased by 1 year

Decreased/increased by 6 per cent
Increased/decreased by 4 per cent
Increased/decreased by 0 per cent
Increased by 4 per cent

These sensitivities have been calculated to show the movement of the defined obligation following a change in a particular assumption in isolation, 
assuming no other changes in market conditions. 

24. Share based payments
The Company has several share incentive schemes for certain directors and employees of the Group.

A Long Term Incentive Plan was adopted in 2008 (amended in 2010 and 2015) (“LTIP”) for selected senior executives including the executive directors, 
business presidents and general counsel. Awards of nil cost share options or conditional share awards are normally made annually and the maximum 
value of any grant to an individual is two times the CEO’s basic salary. Awards vest after three years and are subject to EPS and TSR performance 
conditions over a three year period. Vested awards are then exercisable for up to seven years, subject to the rules of the plan. For US participants prior 
to 2015 (for tax reasons), the default practice is for options to be exercised at the date of vesting. From 2015, US participants received awards 
structured as restricted stock units.

For other executives, shareholders approved at the 2012 AGM an approved and unapproved executive share option scheme (“2012 ESOS”). This 
scheme replaced the previous approved and unapproved executive share option scheme (“2003 ESOS”) which expired in 2013. The last awards made 
under the 2003 scheme were in 2012. Under the 2003 and 2012 ESOS, options are usually granted annually to purchase shares in the Company at an 
exercise price per share based on the Company’s average mid-market closing share price on the dealing day preceding the date of grant with no 
discount applied. The number of options that are granted are based on a percentage of the participant’s basic salary. Options vest after three years 
and are subject to EPS and TSR performance conditions. Vested options are then exercisable for up to seven years, subject to the rules of the 
schemes. The Company operates two shadow executive share option schemes for a number of executives, who are employed or based in China, that 
are structured in almost all respects as the 2003 and 2012 ESOS.

The Company also operates a 2008 UK Savings Related Share Option Scheme, which is a save as you earn (“SAYE”) scheme, under which UK 
employees can enter into contracts to save currently up to a maximum of £500 per month with a bank or building society for a period of three or five 
years and use the proceeds from their savings accounts to purchase shares in the Company on the exercise of their options. The option price is the 
average mid-market closing share price over the five working days preceding the invitation date, discounted by 20 per cent. Options may be exercised 
typically within six months following the end of the savings period. A similar scheme exists for US employees. Under the 2008 US Sharesave Scheme, 
US employees can enter into contracts to save up to a maximum of $2,000 per month with a bank or similarly approved institution, for a period of two 
years, and use the proceeds from their savings accounts to purchase shares in the Company on the exercise of their options. The option price is the 
average mid-market closing share price on the date of the grant, discounted by 15 per cent. Options may be exercised typically within three months 
following the end of the savings period. Options granted under the two savings based schemes are held subject to the rules of the schemes.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

87

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

24. Share based payments (continued)
Options were valued (as shown in the table below) using the binomial option pricing model. The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used 
in the calculations are as follows:

Fair value per option (pence)
Expected volatility (per cent)
Risk free rate (per cent)
Expected dividend yield (per cent)

2015

136.8
27.0
0.9
1.1

2014

154.0
33.4
1.5
2.0

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company’s share price over the previous five years. The expected life 
used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural 
considerations. The Group recognised total expenses of $2.1 million (2014: $2.5 million) related to share based payment transactions during the year.

At 31 December 2015 the following options/awards to subscribe for ordinary shares were outstanding:

At
1 January
2015
’000

Granted 
’000

Exercised 
’000

Expired 
’000

At
31 December
2015
’000

Year of grant

Exercise
price (p)

Exercisable
From

UK savings related share option scheme
2010
2011
2012
2012
2013
2013
2014
2015

121.66
121.66
168.06
168.06
206.14
206.14
216.58
207.32

01/10/14
01/10/16
01/10/15
01/10/17
01/10/16
01/10/18
01/10/17
01/10/18

US savings related share option scheme
2013
2014
2015

227.55
242.93
201.79

23/08/15
22/08/16
24/08/17

To

01/04/15
01/04/17
01/04/16
01/04/18
01/04/17
01/04/19
01/04/18
01/04/19

23/11/15
22/11/16
24/11/17

1
4
61
5
44
3
108
–

226

237
223
–

460

Executive share option schemes/awards granted under the Long term incentive plan*
2010+
2011+
2012+
2012* 
2013+
2013*
2014+
2014*
2015+
2015*

06/04/20
04/04/21
27/06/22
27/06/22
02/04/23
02/04/23
01/04/24
01/04/24
01/04/25
27/04/25

06/04/13
04/04/14
27/06/15
27/06/15
02/04/16
02/04/16
01/04/17
01/04/17
01/04/18
27/04/18

57.00
149.90
194.30
Nil
260.70
Nil
286.50
Nil
290.20
Nil

480
547
731
1,322
632
1,058
559
937
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
86

86

–
–
327

327

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
588
924

(1)
–
(55)
–
–
–
–
–

(56)

(118)
(5)
(2)

(125)

(173)
(228)
(141)
(680)
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
(4)
–
(1)
–

(5)

(119)
(71)
(14)

(204)

–
–
–
(464)
–
–
–
–
–
–

(464)

–
4
6
5
40
3
107
86

251

–
147
311

458

307
319
590
178
632
1,058
559
937
588
924

6,092

6,266

1,512

(1,222)

+ 

 These options include cash settled shadow executive options granted to a number of executives on the same basis as the executive options (with the same performance 
conditions and exercise provisions). These shadow options are included in the calculation of the total expenses recognised by the Group related to share based payments. 
The 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 options shown above include approximately 68,000, 54,000, 58,000, 68,000, 59,000 and 67,000 shadow options respectively.  
The liability for the shadow options and the amount that had vested at the end of the period was $0.3 million.

88

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

The weighted average exercise prices of options disclosed in the previous table were as follows:

At 1 January
Granted
Exercised
Expired

At 31 December

2015 
Average
exercise
price (p)

104.9
132.1
77.8
71.4

121.4

2014
Average 
exercise 
price (p)

80.3
133.0
45.8
235.8

104.9

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of share options exercised during the year was 252 pence (2014: 278 pence).

25. Related party transactions
The Company is a guarantor to the UK pension scheme under which it guarantees all current and future obligations of UK subsidiaries currently 
participating in the pension scheme to make payments to the scheme, up to a specified maximum amount. The maximum amount of the guarantee 
is that which is needed (at the time the guarantee is called on) to bring the scheme’s funding level up to 105 per cent of its liabilities, calculated in 
accordance with section 179 of the Pensions Act 2004. This is also sometimes known as a Pension Protection Fund (“PPF”) guarantee, as having such 
a guarantee in place reduces the annual PPF levy on the scheme.

26. Movement in net cash/(borrowings) 

Change in net cash resulting from cash flows:
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Decrease in borrowings repayable within one year
Decrease in borrowings repayable after one year

Currency translation differences

Increase in net cash
Net cash at beginning of year

Net cash at end of year

2015
$million

2014 
$million

7.8
3.6
0.3

11.7
(1.9)

9.8
64.2

74.0

11.7
0.6
0.3

12.6
(2.5)

10.1
54.1

64.2

27.  Dividends
An interim dividend of 2.70 cents per share (2014: 2.70 cents) was paid on 2 October 2015 and the Group is proposing a final dividend of 5.75 cents per 
share (2014: 5.75 cents) for the year ended 31 December 2015 and a special dividend of 8.00 cents per share (2014: 6.95 cents). The total dividend for 
the year, excluding the special dividend, is 8.45 cents per share (2014: 8.45 cents) and 16.45 cents per share (2014: 15.40 cents) including the special 
dividend.

The amount payable for the final dividend and special dividend, based on the anticipated number of qualifying ordinary shares registered on the record 
date, is $63.7 million.

28. Key management compensation

Salaries and short term employee benefits
Other long term benefits
Share based payments

2015
$million

2014 
$million

3.0
0.7
1.3

5.0

4.0
0.7
1.5

6.2

The key management compensation given above is for the Board and the two business presidents. Directors’ remuneration is set out in the Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 35 to 51.

29. Contingent liabilities
As is the case with other chemical companies, the Group occasionally receives notices of litigation relating to regulatory and legal matters. A provision 
is recognised when the Group believes it has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of 
economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Where it is deemed that an obligation is merely possible and that the probability of a material 
outflow is not remote, the Group would disclose a contingent liability. No contingent liability was considered to be reportable at 31 December 2015.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

89

PARENT COMPANY STATUTORY ACCOUNTS

ELEMENTIS PLC

Balance sheet
at 31 December 2015

Fixed assets
Investments

Current assets
Debtors 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Creditors

Net current assets 

Total assets less current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Other reserves
Share option reserve
Profit and loss account

Equity shareholders’ funds

Note

2015 
£million

 2014
£million

7

8

9

10

766.2

764.8

12.7

1.2

(0.6)

12.1

778.3

(215.8)

562.5

23.1
11.5
83.3
250.5
2.9
191.2

562.5

(0.6)

0.6

765.4

(384.4)

381.0

23.1
10.5
83.3
81.5
3.1
179.5

381.0

The financial statements of Elementis plc on pages 90 to 95 were approved by the Board on 1 March 2016 and signed on its behalf by:

Brian Taylorson
Finance Director

90

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2015

Balance at 1 January 2014

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Issue of shares by the Company 
Share based payments
Deferred tax on share based payments 
recognised within equity
Dividends paid

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 December 2014

Balance at 1 January 2015

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Transfer

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Issue of shares by the Company 
Share based payments
Transfer
Dividends paid

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 December 2015

Share
 capital 
£million

22.9

Share 
premium 
£million

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
$million

9.3

83.3

Other
 reserves 
£million

81.5

Share
 options
reserve
£million

4.0

Retained 
earnings 
£million

217.9

Total 
£million

418.9

–

–

–

0.2
–

–
–

0.2

23.1

23.1

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–

1.2
–

–
–

1.2

10.5

10.5

–

–

–

–

1.0
–
–
–

1.0

–

–

–

–
–

–
–

–

83.3

83.3

–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–
–

–

81.5

81.5

–

169.0

169.0

169.0

–
–
–

–

23.1

11.5

83.3

250.5

–

–

–

–

(0.9)
–

(0.9)

3.1

(2.2)

–

(2.2)

–
1.5

0.9
(38.6)

(38.6)

179.5

(2.2)

–

(2.2)

1.4
1.5

–
(38.6)

(38.6)

381.0

3.1

179.5

381.0

–

–

–

–

–
(0.2)
–

(0.2)

2.9

225.2

225.2

(169.0)

(169.0)

56.2

–
1.4
0.2
(46.1)

(44.5)

191.2

–

–

225.2

1.0
1.4
–
(46.1)

(43.7)

562.5

The £169 million movement shown within other comprehensive income for 2015 is in respect of a re-presentation of prior years’ impairment reversals.  
The above analysis is provided to demonstrate a greater level of transparency in relation to the Company’s distributable reserves, which amount to 
£191.2 million at the end of the period.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

91

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ELEMENTIS PLC
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

1.  General information
Elementis plc is a public company limited by shares and is incorporated 
and domiciled in England. The address of its registered office is 1st Floor, 
Caroline House, 55-57 High Holborn, London, WC1V 6DX. The principal 
activity of the Company is to act as an investment and holding company.

2.  Basis of preparation 
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in compliance 
with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards, including Financial 
Reporting Standard 101- “Reduced disclosure framework - Disclosure 
exemptions from EU-adopted IFRS for qualifying entities” (“FRS 101”), and 
with the Companies Act. This is the first year the Company has presented 
its results under FRS 101. The last financial statements under the UK 
GAAP were for the year ended 31 December 2014. 

 Transition to FRS 101

3. 
The date of transition to FRS 101 was 31 December 2013. Having 
considered the Company’s ability to recover any deferred tax assets that 
might be associated with the share option reserve, it was determined that 
it would not be appropriate to recognise such an asset. As such, there are 
no reconciling items between the previously disclosed accounts for 2014 
and the restated accounts prepared under FRS 101. The transition to FRS 
101 has not affected the reported financial position and financial 
performance. As such no equity reconciliations between UK GAAP and 
FRS 101 at the transition and comparative dates have been presented.

As a qualifying entity whose results are consolidated in the Elementis plc 
consolidated financial statements on pages 58 to 89, the Company has 
taken advantage of the disclosure exemption requirements of FRS 101 
regarding the requirement to prepare a statement of cash flows and 
certain financial instrument, share based pay and key management 
personnel compensation disclosures.

4.  Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these 
financial statements are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. 
The Company has adopted FRS 101 in these financial statements. 

Taxation 
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. Advance corporation tax 
recoverable by deduction from future corporation tax is carried forward 
within deferred taxation or as ACT recoverable within debtors as 
appropriate.

Share based payments 
The fair value of share options granted to employees is recognised as an 
expense with a corresponding increase in equity. Where the Company 
grants options over its own shares to the employees of its subsidiaries it 
recognises in its individual financial statements an increase in the cost of 
investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to the equity-settled share-based 
payment charge recognised in its subsidiaries’ financial statements, with 
the corresponding credit being recognised directly in equity. The fair value 
is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair value 
of the options granted is measured using a binomial model, taking into 
account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. 
The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual 
number of share options that vest except where forfeiture is only due to 
share prices not achieving the threshold for vesting.

Classification of financial instruments issued by the Company
Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity only 
to the extent that they meet the following two conditions:

a. 

b. 

 They include no contractual obligations upon the Company to deliver 
cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets or 
financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are 
potentially unfavourable to the Company.

 Where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own 
equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes no 
obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity 
instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the Company’s 
exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed 
number of its own equity instruments.

Foreign currencies 
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of exchange 
ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the contracted rate 
or the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date and the gains and 
losses on translation are included in the profit and loss account.

To the extent that the definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are 
classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so classified takes 
the legal form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts presented in 
these financial statements for called up share capital and share premium 
account exclude amounts in relation to those shares.

Investments 
Investments in Group undertakings are included in the balance sheet at 
cost less impairment.

Dividends on shares presented within shareholders’ funds Dividends 
unpaid at the balance sheet date are only recognised as a liability at that 
date to the extent that they are appropriately authorised and are no longer 
at the discretion of the Company. 

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits 
The Company participates in the Elementis Group defined benefit pension 
scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the 
Company. Details of the latest actuarial valuation carried out as at 
September 2014 can be found in the 2015 Elementis plc Annual report 
and accounts. Following the introduction of the revised reporting 
standard, any surplus or deficit in the Elementis Group defined benefit 
pension scheme is to be reported in the financial statements of Elementis 
Holdings Ltd, which employs the majority of active members of the 
scheme and is responsible for making deficit contributions under the 
current funding plan.

Finance payments associated with financial liabilities are dealt with as part 
of interest payable and similar charges. Finance payments associated with 
financial instruments that are classified as part of shareholders’ funds, are 
dealt with as appropriations in the reconciliation of movements in 
shareholders’ funds.

5.  Profit for the financial year attributable to shareholders
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
has not presented its own profit and loss account. A profit of £225.2 
million (2014: £2.2 million loss), including dividend income of £216.7 million 
(2014: £nil) is dealt with in the financial statements of the Company. 

6.  Directors’ remuneration
Details of directors’ remuneration for the Company are included in the 
Directors’ remuneration report within the Elementis plc Annual report and 
accounts on pages 35 to 51.

92

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
 
7. 

Investments

Cost at 1 January 2015
Additions

Net book value 31 December 2015

Net book value 31 December 2014

Unlisted 
shares at cost
£million

Unlisted 
loans
£million

Capital
contributions
£million

0.1
–

0.1

0.1

759.0
–

759.0

759.0

5.7
1.4

7.1

5.7

Total
£million

764.8
1.4

766.2

764.8

The investment in unlisted loans is with Elementis Holdings Limited, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary. The investments in unlisted shares are in 
Elementis Group BV and Elementis Overseas Investments Limited, both wholly owned subsidiaries. Capital contributions relate to share-based 
payment awards made to employees of subsidiary companies.

The principal trading subsidiaries of Elementis plc, all of which are wholly owned, are as follows:

Subsidiary undertakings

Deuchem Co., Ltd
Deuchem (HK) Trading Co Ltd

Deuchem (Shanghai) Chemical Co. Ltd
Elementis Chromium Inc
Elementis Chromium LLP
Elementis Deuchem (Shanghai) Chemical Ltd
Elementis LTP Inc
Elementis Specialties (Anji) Ltd
Elementis Specialties (Changxing) Ltd
Elementis Specialties do Brasil Quimica Ltda
Elementis Specialties Inc

Elementis Specialties Netherlands BV
Elementis UK Limited trading as: 
Elementis Specialties

Additives and resins
Additives and resins

Additives and resins

Chromium chemicals
Chromium chemicals
Additives and resins
Chromium chemicals
Organoclays
Organoclays
Coatings additives
Rheological additives, colourants, waxes, 
other specialty additives
Surfactants and coatings additives
Rheological additives, colourants, waxes, 
other specialty additives

Country of incorporation
and operation

Taiwan
People’s Republic of China  
Hong Kong Special Administrative Region
People’s Republic of China
United States of America
United Kingdom
People’s Republic of China
United States of America
People’s Republic of China
People’s Republic of China
Brazil
United States of America

The Netherlands
United Kingdom

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

93

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ELEMENTIS PLC
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 CONTINUED

Investments (continued)

7. 
Non-trading and dormant subsidiaries of Elementis plc, all of which are wholly owned within the group, are as follows:

Agrichrome Ltd
American Chrome & Chemicals Inc
Deuchem Holding Inc
Deuchem International Inc
Elementis America Shared Services Inc 
Elementis Australia Ltd
Elementis Benelux NV
Elementis BV
Elementis Catalysts Inc
Elementis Chemicals Inc
Elementis Chromium America Inc
Elementis Finance (Australia) Ltd
Elementis Finance (Germany) Ltd
Elementis Finance (Ireland) Ltd
Elementis Finance (US) Ltd
Elementis Germany GmbH
Elementis Germany Ltd
Elementis Global LLC
Elementis GmbH
Elementis Group (Finance) Ltd
Elementis Group BV
Elementis Group Ltd
Elementis Holdings Ltd 
Elementis London Ltd
Elementis Nederland BV
Elementis New Zealand Ltd 
Elementis NZ Ltd
Elementis Overseas Investments Ltd
Elementis Pigments Inc
Elementis S.E.A. (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd
Elementis Securities Ltd
Elementis Service Centre NV
Elementis Services GmbH
Elementis Specialties (India) Private Ltd
Elementis US Holdings Inc
Elementis US Ltd
H & C Acquisitions Ltd 
H & C Lumber Inc
Harcros Chemicals Canada Inc
Iron Oxides s.a.de. CV
NB Chrome Ltd

Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Non-trading (in liquidation) 
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Non-trading
Non-trading
Dormant
Dormant
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Dormant
Non-trading
Dormant
Dormant
Non-trading
Dormant
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant

United Kingdom
United States of America
Samoa
Samoa
United States of America 
United Kingdom
Belgium
Netherlands
United States of America
United States of America
United States of America
United Kingdom
Germany
Ireland 
United Kingdom
Germany
United Kingdom
United States of America
Germany
United Kingdom
Netherlands
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Netherlands
United Kingdom
New Zealand
United Kingdom
United States of America
Malaysia
United Kingdom
Belgium
Germany
India
United States of America
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United States of America
Canada
Mexico
United Kingdom

Notes:
Other than Elementis Group BV and Elementis Overseas Investments Ltd, none of the undertakings are held directly by the Company. 

Equity capital is in ordinary shares and voting rights equate to equity ownership.

All undertakings listed above, with the exception of Elementis Specialties (India) Private Ltd for which the relevant date is 31 March, have accounting periods ending 31 December. 
Undertakings operating in the United Kingdom are incorporated in England and Wales. In the case of corporate undertakings other than in the United Kingdom their country of 
operation is also their country of incorporation.

All undertakings listed above have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year.

94

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

8.  Debtors

Group relief receivable 

9.  Creditors: amount falling due within one year

Accruals and deferred income

10.  Called up share capital

Called-up allotted and fully paid:
Ordinary shares of 5 pence each
At 1 January 
Issue of shares

At 31 December

2015
£million

12.7

2014
£million

1.2

2015
£million

0.6

2014
£million

0.6

2015 
Number
’000

2015 
£million

2014 
Number
’000

2014
£million

461,637
1,339

462,976

23.1
–

23.1

458,831
2,806

461,637

22.9
0.2

23.1

During the year a total of 1,338,974 ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal value of £66,949 were allotted and issued for cash to various employees 
at subscription prices between nil pence and 228 pence on the exercise of options under the Group’s share option schemes. The total subscription 
monies received by the Company for these shares was £1.1 million. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends and entitled to one 
vote per share at meetings of the Company.

11.  Related party transactions
The Company is a guarantor to the Elementis Group defined benefit pension scheme under which it guarantees all current and future obligations of UK 
subsidiaries currently participating in the pension scheme to make payments to the scheme, up to a specified maximum amount. The maximum 
amount of the guarantee is that which is needed (at the time the guarantee is called on) to bring the scheme’s funding level up to 105 per cent of its 
liabilities, calculated in accordance with section 179 of the Pensions Act 2004. This is also sometimes known as a Pension Protection Fund (“PPF”) 
guarantee, as having such a guarantee in place reduces the annual PPF levy on the scheme.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

95

GLOSSARY

ACC 

ACT 

AGM 

AWC 

American Chemistry Council

Advance Corporation Tax

Annual General Meeting 

Average working capital

Board 

Board of Directors of Elementis plc

CEO 

CO2 

Chief Executive Officer

Carbon dioxide

Company 

Elementis plc

CR 

Corporate responsibility 

DB Scheme  Defined benefit scheme

Defra 

Department for Environment and Rural Affairs

EBITDA 

 Earnings before interest, tax, non-recurring items, 
depreciation and amortisation

EPS 

ERM 

ESOS 

ESOT 

EU 

FRC 

Earnings per share

Enterprise risk management

Executive share option scheme

European Union

Financial Reporting Council

GAAP 

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

GDP 

GHG 

GJ 

Gross domestic product

Greenhouse gases

Gigajoule

Group 

Elementis plc and its subsidiaries

HSE 

IFC 

IFRS 

IA 

ISS 

KPI 

kWh 

LTA 

LTIP 

MNE 

NIC 

Health, safety and environment

Inside front cover

International Financial Reporting Standards

Investment Association

Institutional Shareholder Services

Key performance indicator

Kilowatt hour

Lost time accident

Long term incentive plan

Multinational enterprise

National Insurance Contributions 

OSHA 

Occupational Safety and Health Administration

P.A. 

PBT 

REACh 

Per Annum

Group profit before tax before non-recurring items

 Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and restriction 
of Chemicals

RPI 

SAYE 

SID 

TSR 

UK 

UN 

US 

Retail Price Index

Save as you earn

Senior Independent Director

Total shareholder return

United Kingdom

United Nations

United States

Employee share ownership trust

ROCE 

Return on capital employed

HMRC 

HM Revenue and Customs

VOC 

Volatile organic compound

96

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

 
FIVE YEAR RECORD

Turnover
Specialty Products
Surfactants
Chromium

Operating profit before non-recurring items
Specialty Products
Surfactants
Chromium
Central costs

Non-recurring items

Profit before interest
Other expenses

Net interest payable

Profit before tax
Tax

Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

Basic
Earnings per ordinary share (cents)
Earnings per ordinary share before non-recurring items (cents)

Diluted 
Earnings per ordinary share (cents)
Earnings per ordinary share before non-recurring items (cents)

Dividend per ordinary share (cents)
Interest cover (times)*

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
Net cash

2015
$million

2014
$million

2013
$million

2012
restated**
$million

2011
$million

453.1
53.8
171.9

678.8

80.0
4.5
48.9
(10.9)

122.5
5.6

128.1 
(2.1)

(4.2)

121.8
(26.5)

95.3

519.7
66.9
203.8

790.4

98.5
4.9
58.3
(11.6)

150.1
6.3

156.4
(1.9)

(6.3)

148.2
27.2

175.4

502.8
72.2
201.8

776.8

99.1
5.6
55.1
(13.2)

146.6
(1.7)

144.9
(2.0)

(8.6)

134.3
(27.6)

106.7

458.7
72.5
225.8

757.0

90.1
4.8
62.8
 (13.8)

143.9
–

143.9
(2.5)

 (8.0)

133.4
 (33.1)

100.3

449.9
94.3
216.3

760.5

89.7
5.4
56.1
(14.1)

137.1
27.5

164.6
–

(2.6)

162.0
(37.9)

124.1

2015
$million

2014
$million

2013
$million

2012
restated**
$million

2011
$million

20.6
21.0

20.4
20.8

16.45
122.5

658.0
74.0

38.1
25.1

37.7
24.8

15.40
115.5

644.1
64.2

23.3
23.3

23.0
23.0

13.93
63.7

543.9
54.1

22.2
22.2

21.8
21.8

12.56
55.3

479.2
44.0

27.8
21.2

27.2
20.8

7.0
41.5

449.2
26.2

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during 
the year (million)

462.2

460.7

456.9

451.8

446.5

*  Ratio of operating profit before non-recurring items to interest on net borrowings.
**  Restated following the adoption of IAS 19 Employee Benefits standard.

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

97

 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

Internet
The Group operates a website which can be found at www.elementisplc.com. This site is frequently updated to provide shareholders with information 
about the Group and each of its operating divisions. In particular, the Group’s press releases and announcements can be found on the site together 
with copies of the Group’s accounts.

Registrars
Enquiries concerning shares or shareholdings, such as the loss of a share certificate, consolidation of share certificates, amalgamation of holdings 
or dividend payments, should be made to the Company’s registrars: 

Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House
Spencer Road 
Lancing
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA
Tel: 0371 384 2379 or +44 (0) 121 415 7043

Website: www.shareview.co.uk

Lines are open 8.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m., Monday to Friday.

In any correspondence with the registrars, please refer to Elementis plc and state clearly the registered name and address of the shareholder. Please 
notify the registrars promptly of any change of address. 

Payment of dividends
It is in the best interests of shareholders and the Company for dividends to be paid directly into bank or building society accounts. Any shareholder 
who wishes to receive dividends in this way should contact the Company’s registrars to obtain a dividend mandate form.

Registrars’ text phone 
For shareholders with hearing difficulties:
Callers inside the UK telephone: 0371 384 2255
Callers outside the UK telephone: +44 (0) 121 415 7028

Web-based enquiry service
Equiniti provides a range of shareholders’ services online. The portfolio service provides access to information on share balances, balance movements, 
indicative share prices and information on recent dividends and also enables address and dividend mandate details to be amended online. For further 
information and practical help on transferring shares or updating your details, please visit: www.shareview.co.uk.

Equiniti also provides a share dealing service that enables shares to be bought or sold by UK shareholders by telephone or over the internet. For 
telephone sales please call 0345 603 7037 between 8.30 a.m. and 4.30 p.m. and for internet sales please visit: www.shareview.co.uk/dealing.

98

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Company Secretary 
Wai Wong 

Registered office 
Caroline House 
55-57 High Holborn 
London
WC1V 6DX  
UK

Registered number 
3299608 

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

1 March 2016
27 April 2016
28 April 2016
29 April 2016
27 May 2016
2 August 2016
8 September 2016*
9 September 2016*
30 September 2016*
28 October 2016*

 * provisional date

Auditors 
KPMG LLP (retiring on 27 April 2016)
Deloitte LLP (subject to shareholder approval, from 27 April 2016) 

Joint Corporate Brokers 
UBS Investment Bank
N+1 Singer

Preliminary announcement of final results for the year ended 31 December 2015
Annual General Meeting and First Interim Management Statement
Ex-dividend date for final and special dividend for 2015 payable on ordinary shares
Record date for final and special dividend for 2015 payable on ordinary shares
Payment of final and special dividend for 2015 on ordinary shares
Interim results announcement for the half year ending 30 June 2016
Ex-dividend date for interim dividend for 2016 payable on ordinary shares
Record date for interim dividend for 2016 payable on ordinary shares 
Payment of interim dividend for 2016 on ordinary shares
Second Interim Management Statement

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

The Annual General Meeting of Elementis plc will be held on 27 April 2016 at 9.30 a.m. at the offices of UBS Investment Bank, Meeting Room 29,  
7th Floor, 1 Finsbury Avenue, London, EC2M 2PP. The Notice of Meeting is included in a separate document. Details of the ordinary and special 
business of the Annual General Meeting are contained within the Notice. 

PRINCIPAL OFFICES

Elementis plc 
Caroline House 
55-57 High Holborn 
London 
WC1V 6DX 
UK 

Tel: +44 (0) 20 7067 2999 
Fax: +44 (0) 20 7067 2998 

Elementis Global
Elementis Specialty Products
Elementis Surfactants
Elementis Chromium
469 Old Trenton Road 
East Windsor
NJ 08512
US
Tel: +1 609 443 2000

Email: elementis.info@elementis.com 
Website: www.elementisplc.com 

Websites:    www.elementis.com

(Specialty Products and Surfactants) 

 www.elementischromium.com 
(Chromium)

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

99

 
 
 
 
  
100

Elementis plc  Annual report and accounts 2015

Design and production:
Gather +44 (0)20 7610 6140
www.gather.london

The paper used in this Report is  
derived from sustainable sources

Elementis plc
Caroline House 
55-57 High Holborn 
London 
WC1V 6DX 
UK 

Tel: +44 (0) 20 7067 2999 
Fax: +44 (0) 20 7067 2998 
www.elementisplc.com

E

l

e

m

e

n

t

i

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5